Document:

EX-10.47

 Exhibit 10.47 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
 CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN REDACTED AND HAVE BEEN 
 SEPARATELY
FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
 ATHEROS TECHNOLOGY LTD. 

VOLUME PURCHASE AGREEMENT 
 This Volume Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of the day of February 28, 2011, by and between Atheros Technology Ltd., a Bermuda corporation
(“Atheros”) and Aruba Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Buyer”). 
 WHEREAS, Atheros desires to sell
to Buyer, and Buyer desires to purchase from Atheros, certain semiconductor products (“Components”), subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. 
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, it is hereby agreed as follows: 
 1. Scope. This Agreement shall apply to sales of Components by Atheros to Buyer. Atheros and Buyer may be referred to herein as “Party” when referred to individually and “Parties” when
referred to collectively. “Components” refers only to hardware, chips and chipsets. Software, reference designs, developer’s kits, and documentation, if any, have been separately licensed under the Atheros Non-Exclusive Technology
License Agreement (“Technology License Agreement”) mutually executed by Atheros’ parent corporation, Atheros Communications, Inc., and Buyer where Buyer is a licensee (“Licensee”) for Licensee’s use in integrating the
Components as part of products developed by or for Licensee (“Licensee Products”). 
 1.1 Customizations. Buyer may request that
certain customizations, such as the inclusion of certain macros, be made to the Components, which Atheros may choose to implement, subject to the following: 
 1.1.1 Process. If Buyer wishes Atheros to implement the customizations, Buyer and Atheros shall in good faith prepare and execute a schedule, referencing this Agreement and providing details on product
pricing, non-recurring fees, customizations, and delivery schedule, at a minimum. 
 1.1.2 Conditions. Atheros may unilaterally
reject any request for customization on commercially reasonable grounds, including but not limited to: the customizations do not fit into the architectural design and physical limits of the applicable Component; or Buyer’s current and/or
projected purchases of the subject Component are insufficient to justify the request for customizations; or Atheros has slated the subject Component to become a Legacy Product (as defined in Section 2.2) within such proximity of the request for
customization as to render customization not commercially reasonable. 
 1.2 Continuity of Supply. Atheros agrees to use commercially reasonable
efforts to ship and deliver Components and customizations thereto (for orders accepted pursuant to Section 1.1 and Section 2, respectively) based on commercially reasonable lead times, from order to shipment, and to manage a die bank in
support thereof. 
 2. Orders 
 2.1
Orders and Acceptance. Buyer, directly or via ODMs, assemblers and other third parties acting on Buyer’s behalf (all of which comprise “Authorized Purchasers”), may procure Components from Seller pursuant to orders issued to and
accepted by Atheros. Components purchased by ODMs, assemblers and other third parties for the benefit of Buyer shall, once purchased, be deemed Components under this Agreement. Buyer will have no obligation to purchase Components from Atheros, and
Atheros will have no obligation to sell Components to Buyer, except pursuant to orders accepted by Atheros. To be accepted by Atheros, an order must set forth the type and quantity of the Components to be purchased, the price, and the requested
delivery dates, and may not otherwise be in nonconformance with the terms of this Agreement. Orders shall be subject to written acceptance by Atheros; any such acceptance may not be in nonconformance with the terms of this Agreement, and delivery
schedules shall be established in accordance with Component availability and Buyer’s credit status. Atheros may accept orders from Buyer in Atheros’ sole discretion. 
  

 2.2 Rescheduling and Cancellation. Atheros will promptly notify Buyer if any order or part of an order
cannot be filled or if there will be any delays in delivery. Atheros will use commercially reasonable efforts to ship and deliver on indicated dates but will not be liable for failure to do so. Alternatively, should Atheros find that the delivery
date agreed on cannot be met, Atheros shall notify Buyer in writing, stating the cause of the delay and an estimated delivery date. Except with respect to Legacy Products (as defined in Section 2.3 below): For standard Components, Buyer may
reschedule orders accepted by Atheros and scheduled for delivery, subject to the following limitations: 
  

			
	 Days until Atheros scheduled shipment of an order
	  	Limits on order reschedules and cancellations
		
	 61 — 90
	  	Rescheduling for a period of up to 120 days later than the original scheduled ship date. Two reschedules per order only. Rescheduled orders may not be subsequently
cancelled; OR Cancellation of up to 30% of original order.
		
	 60 or less
	  	No cancellations or reschedules.

 For Components having any customization, Buyer may reschedule orders accepted by Atheros and scheduled for delivery,
subject to the following limitations: 
  

			
	 Days until Atheros scheduled shipment of an order
	  	Limits on order reschedules and cancellations
		
	 31-90
	  	No cancellations. Rescheduling for a period of up to 60 days later than the original scheduled ship date. One reschedule per order only.
		
	 30 or less
	  	No cancellations or reschedules.

 2.3 For Legacy Products. This Section 2.3 applies to Legacy Products only and, with respect to Legacy Products,
supersedes any contrary provisions of this Agreement. Legacy Products are defined as any Atheros products in their last stage of product life cycle, as designated by Atheros in its sole discretion. The work-in-process (WIP) of Legacy Products
is therefore maintained at a low level, and all Legacy Products are BUILT TO ORDER ONLY. Legacy Products shall be designated by Atheros in its discretion and shall be identified as such by Atheros to Buyer from time to time in writing. Lead-times
for Legacy Products are 12-14 weeks after receipt of order (ARO) and terms are NCNC (Non-cancellable, Non-changeable). Additional fees and costs associated with expedite requests (i.e., through Fab or Assembly) will be added and passed to
Buyer. If Buyer cancels an order for Legacy Products, there will be an associated cancellation fee, as follows: 
 Cancellation
fees: 
  

	 	•	 	 <60 days until scheduled shipment of an order: Buyer must pay PO in full 

 

	 	•	 	 61-90 days until Atheros scheduled shipment of an order: Buyer must pay 75% of purchase price 

 

	 	•	 	 >90 days until scheduled shipment of an order: Buyer must pay 50% of purchase price. 

2.4 Precedence. This Agreement takes precedence over Buyer’s or Seller’s additional or different terms and conditions which may be included on
Buyer’s purchase order, Seller’s quotation or purchase order acknowledgement, or otherwise, to which notice of objection is hereby given, and any inconsistent or additional terms in such forms will be of no effect. Any changes to this
Agreement must be specifically agreed to in writing by Atheros and Buyer. 
 2.5 Obsolescence. If Atheros chooses to obsolete any Components, it
shall give at least six (6) months advance notice to Buyer. Buyer may place orders during the notification period for shipment no later than twelve (12) months after the notice date. 

  
 2 

 3. Delivery; Title 
 3.1 Delivery. Components will be delivered Ex Works (Incoterms 2000), Atheros’ designated factory dock or distribution center dock. Buyer will pay all costs relating to transportation, delivery,
duties and insurance. Buyer will provide Atheros with shipping instructions on its order and if it fails to do so, Atheros will determine the carrier and means of transportation and will ship the Components freight collect. Buyer shall notify
Atheros in writing of any shortage in any shipment within thirty (30) days after Buyer’s receipt of such shipment. All shipments shall be directed to a Buyer operated receiving location. 

3.2 Risk of Loss. Risk of loss for the Components shall pass from Atheros to Buyer at the Atheros shipping point, and Buyer will bear the risk of loss
after the shipping point and will be solely responsible for filing claims relating to any lost or damaged goods. 
 3.3 Title. For Components
Delivered Outside of United States: Title to the Components shall pass to Buyer as follows: Atheros reserves title in the Components until paid for in full by Buyer, for the purpose of protecting Atheros’ right to receive payment under the
laws of various countries. This reservation of title does not affect Buyer’s ability to transfer title to the Components in the ordinary course of its business, provided that Buyer hereby assigns in advance to Atheros any proceeds from the
disposition of such Components to the extent of the amount owed to Atheros. For Components Delivered within the United States. Title to the Components shall pass from Atheros to Buyer at the Atheros shipping point. Buyer hereby grants to
Atheros a purchase money security interest covering each shipment of Components made hereunder (and any proceeds derived therefrom) in the amount of Atheros’ invoice for such shipment until payment in full is received by Atheros. Buyer agrees
to sign and execute any and all documents as required by Atheros to perfect such security interest. 
 3.4 Exporter and Importer of Record. For
International Shipments, Buyer or its properly authorized agent or freight forwarder shall be the exporter of record. Buyer shall also be the importer of record and is responsible for fulfilling quota terms, obtaining import licenses, paying import
license or permit fees, duties and customs fees, and any other governmental or import taxes or fees, and preparing and submitting all required documentation in connection with importing the Components. 

4. Returns. No Components may be returned except under warranty or due to shipment error by Atheros. All returns must be made in accordance with
Atheros’ then-current Return Material Authorization (“RMA”) procedures or such other procedures as are expressly agreed to in writing by an authorized representative of Atheros (“Atheros RMA Procedures”). Atheros shall have
no responsibility or liability for returns not made in accordance with such Atheros RMA Procedures. A summary of Atheros RMA Procedures as of the Effective Date is attached hereto as Exhibit A. Changes to RMA Procedures shall take effect thirty
(30) days after written notice and shall apply only to orders placed after such notice period. 
 5. Prices; Payment; Taxes; Rebates

 5.1 Prices. Pricing is stated in a written price quote from the designated Atheros Account Manager (or a designated substitute) to Buyer.
Atheros may change its prices at any time, although such changes shall not alter accepted purchase orders. All prices are in U.S. dollars. 

5.2 Payment. Provided that Buyer receives written approval of the extension of credit terms from Atheros’ credit department, payment terms are net
thirty(30) days from the date of invoice unless otherwise specified in writing from Atheros. Buyer must give Atheros written notice of any discrepancies among the purchase order, the invoice, and the Components received, within thirty (30) days
after receipt of the Components or the invoice, whichever occurs later. Payment is not conditioned upon the Components meeting any acceptance testing procedures or criteria. If there is any dispute as to a part of a shipment, Buyer will pay for the
undisputed part of that shipment. All payments to Atheros shall be in U.S. dollars, free of any restrictions or withholdings. In the event that Buyer has a delinquent balance with Atheros, Atheros may require payment in advance by wire transfer,
confirmed irrevocable letter of credit, or such other means as are acceptable to Atheros, with respect to any past, pending or subsequent purchase orders until the delinquent balance is paid in full. 

 

  
 3 

 5.3 Intentionally omitted. 
 5.4 Taxes. Buyer is responsible for payment of all taxes of every kind imposed in connection with the sale to Buyer of Components or which Atheros may incur in respect of this Agreement (except for taxes
imposed on Atheros’ net income) and any penalties, interest and collection or withholding costs associated with any of the foregoing items. All such amounts are in addition to other amounts payable hereunder. Under no circumstances shall Buyer
pay less to Atheros than would otherwise be due if any such taxes or fees are required to be withheld by Buyer from payments to Atheros. Buyer may provide Atheros with a tax exemption certificate acceptable to the taxing authorities in lieu of
paying certain taxes; however, Buyer shall reimburse Atheros for any fines, penalties, taxes and other charges, including expenses incurred by Atheros, due to Buyer’s submission of invalid information. 

5.5 Rebates. If a rebate applies, the payment of any such rebate will be subject to the following terms: (i) by the first day of each calendar
month, Buyer shall submit to Atheros a consumption report stating the number of Components purchased and received by Buyer from its board supplier (or, if applicable, directly from Atheros) during the immediately preceding month, together with
supporting documentation acceptable to Atheros in its discretion; (ii) as soon as practicable after the beginning of each calendar quarter, Buyer and Atheros will cooperate in good faith to agree upon the rebate amount for the previous quarter,
based on the above monthly consumption reports and supporting documentation delivered by Buyer for such quarter, and Buyer shall issue an invoice to Atheros for such agreed-upon rebate amount; (iii) if Buyer is a direct customer of Atheros,
Buyer must deliver to Atheros the above monthly information and a mutually agreed-upon invoice for the rebate amount as provided above, no later than 180 days after Atheros has delivered to Buyer the Components to which such rebate amount
applies; (iv) if Buyer has purchased Components from a board supplier, Buyer must deliver to Atheros the above monthly information and a mutually agreed-upon invoice for the rebate amount as provided above, no later than 180 days after the
board supplier has delivered to Buyer the Components to which such rebate amount applies; and (v) rebates are only payable with respect to Components for which Atheros has received payment from Buyer or Buyer’s board supplier, as
applicable. 
 6. Reservation of Rights; No License; Markings. 
 6.1 WWAN Reservation. Effective immediately as of the anticipated closing of the acquisition of Atheros by Qualcomm Incorporated or its subsidiary, Buyer hereby acknowledges and agrees that neither the
delivery of any products or license grant for any software, under any Agreement or any provision of any Agreement, nor the direct or indirect sale of products by Atheros to Buyer shall be deemed or construed to grant either expressly, by
implication, by way of estoppel, or otherwise any right, license, covenant or immunity under any patents of Atheros or of any parent or any other affiliate of Atheros, each to the extent applicable to Atheros products that are sold, or software that
is licensed, for use in any product which implements, in whole or in part, any WWAN Standard (other than, with respect to patents of Atheros, products that are sold for use in any complete GSM single-mode device that transmits and receives
communications using GSM only, and does not transmit or receive communications using any other WWAN Standard). For this purpose, (i) the term “WWAN Standard” means any mandatory or optional portion of any wide area wireless air
interface standard, including, without limitation, GSM, CDMA, TD-SCDMA, Universal Mobile Telecommunications Standard (UMTS), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), HSPA, HSDPA, HSUPA, HSPA+, WiMax, IEEE 802.16 (including 802.16e and
802. 16m), WiBro, IEEE 802.20, UMB (formerly known as lxEVDO Rev. C), Long Term Evolution (LTE) and any updates and revisions to any of the foregoing, and (ii) the term “GSM” means any one or more of the following wide area
wireless air interface standards: (a) Global System for Mobile Communication (GSM), (b) General Packet Radio Services (GPRS), or (c) Enhanced Data Rates for GSM Evolution (EDGE). Any rights not expressly granted to Buyer herein are
hereby reserved by Atheros, and Buyer hereby acknowledges and agrees that this disclaimer of patent rights shall not be deemed to be a derogation of any express rights that have otherwise been granted by Atheros in any Agreement. 

 

  
 4 

 6.2 Reverse Engineering. Buyer acknowledges and agrees that the sale to Buyer of the Components does not
convey any license expressly or by implication, to, and Buyer shall not, manufacture, reverse engineer, duplicate, or otherwise reproduce any of the Components or any part thereof. Buyer will not remove, alter or obfuscate any patent markings on the
Components or otherwise cause any patent on the Components to become ineffective under applicable patent laws. Buyer shall place in a conspicuous location on each and every Licensee Product sold by it or documentation shipped there with, a legally
sufficient patent notice. Each Party shall be fully responsible for any false patent markings. Atheros will advise Buyer of the patent number or numbers and the applicable notice, and each Party shall fully indemnify and hold harmless the other
Party from and against any and all liability arising from displaying, or failing to display, the foregoing. 
 7. No Support or Other Services.
Buyer acknowledges that no installation, training, education, or any other support or other services are contracted for or purchased hereunder unless specifically agreed to in writing by Atheros. If Atheros offers or gives technical advice or
performs any training in connection with the use of any Components, such advice or training will be provided only as an accommodation to Buyer, and Atheros has no responsibilities whatsoever for the content or use of such advice or for any damages
that may result from the use, support, maintenance, servicing or alteration of the Components by an Atheros representative. 
 8. Limited
Warranty 
 8.1 Component Warranty. Atheros warrants that the Components will substantially conform to the features specified in its
then-current datasheet, as it may be amended by Atheros from time to time, for a period of ninety (90) days from the date of shipment. Atheros warrants that all Components sold by Atheros to Buyer under the terms of this Agreement will be free
from defects in workmanship and materials under normal use and service for one (1) year from the date of shipment by Atheros. If a Component does not operate as warranted during the applicable warranty period, and provided that Buyer notifies
Atheros promptly within the warranty period and complies with the Atheros RMA Procedures, Atheros shall, in its sole discretion (a) deliver to Buyer an equivalent Component to replace such defective Component at its expense or (b) if
replacement is not feasible, refund or issue a credit to Buyer (at Atheros’ sole discretion) in the amount of the purchase price paid for the defective Component. Replacement Components are warranted for ninety (90) days or the balance of
the original warranty period, whichever is longer. 
 8.2 Warranties Exclusive. 
 8.2.1 Sole Remedy. BUYER’S SOLE REMEDY FOR BREACH OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY ABOVE SHALL BE REPLACEMENT OR REFUND OR CREDIT (AT ATHEROS’ SOLE DISCRETION) OF THE PURCHASE PRICE AS SPECIFIED ABOVE,
AT ATHEROS’ OPTION. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, THE WARRANTY AND REMEDIES SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, EITHER IN FACT OR BY OPERATION OF LAW,
STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES, TERMS OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, CORRESPONDENCE WITH DESCRIPTION, NON-INFRINGEMENT, AND ACCURACY OF INFORMATION
GENERATED, ALL OF WHICH ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. ATHEROS’ WARRANTIES HEREIN RUN ONLY TO BUYER AND ARE NOT EXTENDED TO ANY THIRD PARTIES, WHICH FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, INCLUDES ANY AGENTS OR RESELLERS OF LICENSEE PRODUCTS OR END USERS.
ATHEROS NEITHER ASSUMES NOR AUTHORIZES ANY OTHER PERSON TO ASSUME FOR IT ANY OTHER LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH THE SALE, INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR USE OF THE COMPONENTS. 
 8.2.2 No Atheros Defect. ATHEROS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE UNDER THIS WARRANTY IF ITS TESTING AND EXAMINATION DISCLOSE THAT THE ALLEGED DEFECT IN THE COMPONENT DOES NOT EXIST OR WAS CAUSED BY BUYER’S, END
USER’S OR ANY THIRD PERSON’S MISUSE, NEGLIGENCE, IMPROPER INSTALLATION OR IMPROPER TESTING, ATTEMPTS TO REPAIR OR USE BEYOND THE RANGE OF THE INTENDED USE, OR BY ACCIDENT, FIRE, LIGHTNING OR OTHER HAZARD OR ANY OTHER CAUSE BEYOND
ATHEROS’ CONTROL. 
  

  
 5 

 8.3 Buyer Responsibilities. Buyer acknowledges and agrees that Buyer is solely responsible for the selection
of the Components, their ability to achieve the results Buyer intends, their use with any hardware, software, peripherals or any system, and the performance that Buyer, Buyer’s customers and end users obtain from using them. Buyer alone shall
assume any and all warranty obligations with customers and end users for each Licensee Product that incorporates the Components, and Buyer has no authority to obligate Atheros in any way under each such warranty. 

9. Intellectual Property Indemnity 
 9.1
Defense by Atheros. ATHEROS SHALL, AT IS OWN EXPENSE, DEFEND OR SETTLE ANY SUIT OR PROCEEDING (“CLAIM”) THAT IS INSTITUTED AGAINST BUYER TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH CLAIM [***] AND SHALL PAY [***] DAMAGES AWARDED THEREIN AGAINST BUYER OR
AGREED UPON IN SETTLEMENT BY ATHEROS; PROVIDED THAT BUYER (a) GIVES ATHEROS PROMPT NOTICE IN WRITING OF ANY SUCH CLAIM OR THREAT THEREOF, (b) PERMITS ATHEROS SOLE CONTROL, THROUGH COUNSEL OF ATHEROS’ CHOICE, TO DEFEND AND/OR SETTLE
SUCH CLAIM AND (c) GIVES ATHEROS ALL THE NEEDED INFORMATION THAT ARE WITHIN BUYER’S POSSESSION OR UNDER BUYER’S CONTROL, ASSISTANCE AND AUTHORITY, AT ATHEROS’ EXPENSE, TO ENABLE ATHEROS TO DEFEND OR SETTLE SUCH CLAIM. BUYER MAY
RETAIN ITS OWN COUNSEL AT ITS SOLE COST AND EXPENSE. 
 9.2 When Not Applicable. The above provision shall not apply to and Atheros shall have
no liability or obligation for any infringement arising from: (a) any modification, servicing or addition made to the Component by anyone other than (i) Atheros or (ii) an authorized agent of Atheros, (b) the use of the Component
as a part of or in combination with any devices, parts or software not provided by Atheros, (c) the use of such Component to practice any method or process which does not occur wholly within the Component, (d) compliance with Buyer’s
design requirements or specifications, (e) the use of other than the then-current unaltered release of the Component available from Atheros, where provided by Atheros and where such use would avoid the infringement (f) Buyer’s use or
sale of such Component after notice from Atheros that Buyer should cease use of the Component due to such Claim or (g) any implementation of a Component other than in a Licensee Product. 
 9.3 Atheros Options. If the use or sale of any Component purchased from Atheros is enjoined, or in the event [***], Atheros may, at its sole option and expense, do at least one of the following:
(a) procure for Buyer the right to use or sell such Component; (b) substitute a functionally equivalent, [***] unit of the Component; (c) modify such Component [***] but is substantially equivalent in functionality; or (d) if
none of the foregoing is commercially feasible, take back such Component and refund or issues a credit (at Atheros’ sale discretion) [***]. Atheros shall in no event be obligated to accept new orders for Components that [***]. 

9.4 Sole Remedy. THIS ARTICLE STATES ATHEROS’ TOTAL RESPONSIBILITY AND LIABILITY, AND BUYER’S SOLE REMEDY, FOR [***] AND IS IN LIEU OF AND
REPLACES ANY AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS REGARDING [***]. 
  

	***	Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with
respect to the omitted portions. 

  
 6 

 10. Limitation of Liability 
 10.1 No Consequential Damages. EXCEPT FOR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM EITHER PARTY’S BREACH OF ARTICLE 6, IN NO EVENT, REGARDLESS OF THEORY (WHETHER BASED ON BREACH OF CONTRACT, TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE,
PRODUCT LIABILITY, OR OTHERWISE), SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, OR FOR LOSS OF REVENUE, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF DATA OR ANY OTHER DAMAGES [***]. THESE DISCLAIMERS OF
LIABILITY WILL NOT BE AFFECTED IF ANY REMEDY PROVIDED HEREIN FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. 
 10.2 Maximum Liability. EXCEPT FOR DAMAGES
RESULTING FROM EITHER PARTY’S BREACH OF ARTICLE 6, EACH PARTY’S MAXIMUM LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES HEREUNDER SHALL NOT EXCEED [***]. THESE DISCLAIMERS OF LIABILITY WILL NOT BE AFFECTED IF ANY REMEDY PROVIDED HEREIN FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL
PURPOSE. 
 10.3 Special Applications. The Components are not designed and are not warranted to be suitable for use in applications involving
the risk of personal injury or death or the destruction of property (“Special Applications”). Use of any Atheros product in a Special Application without the express written approval of Atheros is prohibited and ATHEROS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DAMAGES ASSOCIATED WITH SUCH RISKS. Buyer assumes any and all liability for any damages resulting from use of the Components in Special Applications and shall indemnify, defend, and hold Atheros harmless from any third-party claims arising
from such use 
 11. Export Compliance. If subject to U.S. export law jurisdiction, Buyer agrees not to re-export, either directly or
indirectly, the Components or technical data without first obtaining any required license or other approval from the U.S. Department of Commerce or any other agency or department of the United States government. If Buyer re-exports any Components or
technical data, Buyer shall ensure that the re-export or import of the Components and technical data is in compliance with all laws, regulations, orders or other restrictions of the United States and the appropriate foreign government. Atheros may
require Buyer to execute a Letter of Assurance on an annual basis or more frequently when required and may require details on the end user or end use application when necessary in order to comply with any applicable U.S. export license requirements.
Buyer agrees not to include any discriminatory statements or requirements in contracts or other documents related to the sale or use of the Components or products that include the Components. 

 

	12.	General 

 12.1 Force Majeure. Neither Party
shall be liable to the other Party for any alleged loss or damages resulting from delays in performance (including loss or damages resulting from delivery of the Components being delayed) resulting from acts of the other Party, acts of civil or
military authority, governmental priorities, earthquake, fire, flood, epidemic, quarantine, energy crisis, unavailability of supplies, strike, , labor trouble, war, riot, accident, shortage, or any other causes beyond Atheros’ reasonable
control. 
 12.2 Entire Agreement. This Agreement is the complete, final and exclusive statement of the terms of the agreement between the
Parties, and supersedes all prior understandings, writings, proposals, representations or communications, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof, but does not supersede the Technology License Agreement or any nondisclosure agreements
between the parties. 
  

	***	Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with
respect to the omitted portions. 

  
 7 

 12.3 Notices. Notices shall be given in writing by personal delivery, recognized overnight courier, or
facsimile provided that a confirmation of receipt is obtained. All notices shall be deemed to have been given and received on the earlier of actual delivery (except that faxes sent on a non-business day will be deemed received on the next business
day) or three (3) days from the date of deposit with overnight courier, to the address set forth below, or to such other address as a Party has notified the other Party in writing. 
 If to Atheros: 
 c/o Atheros Technology (Macau Commercial Offshore) Limited 

Alameda Dr. Carlos D’Assumpcao 181-187, 

Centro Comercial do Grupo Brilhantismo, 
 17
Andar W 
 MACAU 
 Fax: + 853 750
674 
 Telephone: + 853 750 670 

With a copy to: 
 Atheros Communications, Inc.

 Attention: Legal Department 
 1700
Technology Drive 
 San Jose, CA 95110 

USA 
 Fax: +1-408-773-9909 

Telephone: + 1-408-773-5200 
 If to Buyer:

 Aruba Networks, Inc. 
 Attn: Vice
President of Operations 
 1344 Crossman Ave. 
 Sunnyvale, CA 94089 
 Fax: + 1.408.752.0626 

With a copy to: 
 Aruba Networks, Inc.

 Attn: General Counsel 
 1344 Crossman
Ave. 
 Sunnyvale, CA 94089 
 Fax: +
1.408.752.0626 
 12.4 Assignment. Buyer shall not assign its purchase orders, this Agreement or any interest in or any rights hereunder without
the prior written consent of Atheros. 
 12.5 Waiver. A waiver of any default hereunder or of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement
shall not be deemed to be a continuing waiver or a waiver of any other default or of any other term or condition, but shall apply solely to the instance to which such waiver is directed. 

  
 8 

 12.6 Arbitration. All disputes, claims, and controversies between the Parties arising out of or related to
this Agreement or the breach hereof (except for breach of any obligation of confidentiality; infringement, misappropriation, or misuse of any intellectual property right, or any other claim where interim relief from the court is sought to prevent
serious and irreparable injury to one of the Parties or to others) that cannot be resolved by the Parties within a period of thirty (30) days after written notice of a dispute has been given by one Party hereunder to the other (the last day of
such thirty (30) day period being herein referred to as the “Arbitration Date”), shall be settled by arbitration by an arbitrator with substantial experience in resolving complex commercial contract disputes, who shall be chosen from
a list of JAMS arbitrators. The arbitration shall be conducted by one arbitrator appointed pursuant to the applicable procedures of JAMS and conducted under the then-current Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The
arbitrator shall issue an award in support of his or her decision within 120 days of the selection of the arbitrator, stating the legal and factual basis for the decision and the reasoning leading to such decision. The arbitrator shall be
prohibited from awarding damages or remedies in excess of those allowed by the provisions of this Agreement. If the Parties cannot agree upon the identity of an arbitrator within fifteen (15) days following either Party’s receipt of notice
that an arbitration has been commenced by the other Party, then an arbitrator shall be selected on an expedited basis in accordance with the Arbitration Rules and Procedures of JAMS. Any arbitrator so selected shall have substantial experience in
the networking and wireless communication circuitry industries. The arbitrator shall have the authority to grant specific performance and shall allocate between the Parties the costs of arbitration (including service fees, arbitrator fees and all
other fees related to the arbitration) in such equitable manner as the arbitrator may determine. The substantially prevailing Party in the arbitration, as shall be determined by the arbitrator, shall be entitled to receive reimbursement of its
reasonable expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, expert witness fees and all other expenses) incurred in connection therewith. The decision and award of the arbitrator shall be final and binding and judgment on the award so rendered
may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitration shall be held in Santa Clara County, California, and the award shall be deemed to be made in California. Except as may be determined otherwise by the arbitrator, each Party
shall bear its own costs and expenses, including attorney’s fees, witness fees, travel expenses, and preparation costs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Party shall have the right to institute an action in a court of proper jurisdiction for
preliminary injunctive relief pending a final decision by the arbitrator, provided that a permanent injunction and damages shall only be awarded by the arbitrator. 
 12.7 Governing Law and Venue. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND ALL DISPUTES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, USA, IRRESPECTIVE OF ANY
PRINCIPLES OR RULES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS. Subject to the Arbitration provision above, the Superior Court of Santa Clara County and/or the United States District Court for the Northern District of California shall have exclusive jurisdiction and venue
over all controversies in connection herewith. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods is hereby excluded in its entirety from application to this Agreement. 

12.8 Choice of Language. The original of this Agreement is in English and Buyer waives any right to have it written in any other language. 

12.9 Survival. The following provisions shall survive the termination of this Agreement or the relationship between Atheros and Buyer: Articles: 3.3
Title, 3.4 Exporter and Importer of Record; 4. Returns; 5. Prices; Payment; Taxes, 6. Reservation of Rights; No License; Markings, 8. Limited Warranty, 9. Intellectual Property Indemnity, 10. Limitation of Liability, 11. Export Compliance and 12.
General.  
  

  
 9 

 BY SIGNING BELOW, THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT EACH HAS READ THE AGREEMENT, UNDERSTANDS IT, AND AGREES TO BE
BOUND BY ITS TERMS AND CONDITIONS. 
  

									
	Atheros:	 		 	Buyer:
			
	ATHEROS TECHNOLOGY LTD.	 		 	ARUBA NETWORKS, INC.
					
	By	 	 /s/ James A. F. Watlington
	 		 	By	 	 /s/ Alexa King

		 	Name James A. F. Watlington	 		 		 	Name Alexa King
		 	Title SECRETARY	 		 		 	Title General Counsel
		 	Date 14th March 2011	 		 		 	Date 3/14/2011

  
 10 

 Exhibit A 
  

	1.0	PURPOSE / SCOPE: 

  

	 	1.1	This procedure establishes the policy and methodology regarding to the return of Atheros products from customers or distributors. This is a summary of the RMA
process, for more details please refer to OPQ-0180-1. 

  

	 	1.2	This procedure includes RMA returns from customers or distributors for product performance issues or administrative issues. 

 

	2.0	Terms and Conditions 

  

	 	2.1	All products returned to Atheros require a RMA number issued by Inside Sales. 

 

	 	2.2	The products returned for RMA must be protected from physical and electrical (ESD) damage through the use of appropriate packaging materials.

  

	 	2.3	RMA package must include returned products, completed Return Material Authorization Form and shipping documents to provide the following information or they will be
subject to return to the sender or delays in response: 

  

	 	2.4	Administrative product returns must be received within 30 days starting from the RMA issue date or they will expire. Products received after the expiration
date may be returned to the customer at the discretion of Atheros management. 

  

	 	2.5	Non-conforming product returns will be limited to 5 units pending verification unless verification can be accomplished in the field. Additional RMA numbers will
be issued after verification for quantities that exceed 5 units. 

  

	 	2.6	Returned product that requires failure analysis or that is non-conforming and requires verification must be returned within 15 days starting from issue date
or the RMA will expire. Product received after expiration date may be returned to the customer at the discretions of Director of QA and VP of Sales. 

  

	 	2.7	Credit will be issued to customer returning products for administrative reason after incoming inspection criteria are met and the RMA is closed.

  

	 	2.8	Credit will not be issued to customers returning non-conforming product samples for the purpose of verification. In general, credit will not be issued for quantities
less than 10 units. 

  

	 	2.9	In special cases, VP of Sales may approve a product return for other than non-conformance, order entry error or stock rotation. 

 

	3.0	RMA Category 

 RMA database
includes three major categories: a) administrative, b) non-conforming, and c) recall. Descriptions of sub-categories within each major category are listed low: 
  

	 	3.1	Recall: 

  

	 	•	 	 Shipping Recall: Based on the relevant FA results, Production Control evaluates the shipping history of specific lots or products and provides recall
notification to customers. 

  

	 	•	 	 Place On-hold: Production Control places the specific lots or products on-hold and proceeds with MRB process. 

 

	3.2	Administrative: 

  

	 	•	 	 Order Entry Error 

  

	 	•	 	 Stock Rotation: Requested by an authorized distributor based on established terms and conditions. 

 

	 	•	 	 Other: Return based on special circumstances. VP of Marketing must approve this type of RMA 

  
 11 

	3.3	Non-conformance: 

  

	 	•	 	 Electrical: Parts fail functionally according to specifications. 

 

	 	•	 	 Visual/Mechanical: Parts fail visual/mechanical criteria. 

 

	 	•	 	 Failure Analysis: Customer requires a failure analysis report and may also require corrective / preventive actions. 

 

	3.4	RMA Responsibility 

  

	 	3.4.1	Quality Assurance is responsible for: 

  

	 	•	 	 Collecting information on RMA, evaluating data, performing failure analysis as needed and identifying the root cause in order to drive the corrective
actions for improvements. 

  

	 	•	 	 Working closely with other departments to implement corrective actions as indicated. 

 

	 	•	 	 Entering initial data into RMA system, delivering final report to customer and closing RMA as appropriate in a timely manner.

  

	 	•	 	 Initiate recall RMA request and close it in the system once the returned inventory meet the inspection criteria. 

 

	 	•	 	 Providing the status reports to assess RMA system, product issues and customer support to Atheros management team. 

 

	 	3.4.2	Inside Sales is responsible for evaluating RMA due to order entry errors and establishing corrective actions. 

 

	 	3.4.3	Inside Sales is responsible assignment of RMA number to all RMA returns. 

  

	 	3.4.4	System / Product Engineering are responsible for verifying customer reported failure mode(s) on non-conforming RMA units. 

  
 12EX-4.1

 EXHIBIT 4.1 
 EXECUTION COPY 
  

 
  

POST HOLDINGS, INC. 
 AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY THERETO 
 7.375% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2022 

 
  

INDENTURE 
 Dated
as of February 3, 2012 
  
  

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 Trustee 
  
  

 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	 ARTICLE 1
	   

	 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
	   

	 BY REFERENCE
	   

			
	 Section 1.01
	 	Definitions	  	 	1	  
	 Section 1.02
	 	Other Definitions	  	 	28	  
	 Section 1.03
	 	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	 	29	  
	 Section 1.04
	 	Rules of Construction	  	 	29	  
	
	 ARTICLE 2
	   

	 THE NOTES
	   

			
	 Section 2.01
	 	Form and Dating	  	 	30	  
	 Section 2.02
	 	Execution and Authentication	  	 	30	  
	 Section 2.03
	 	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	31	  
	 Section 2.04
	 	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	 	31	  
	 Section 2.05
	 	Holder Lists	  	 	31	  
	 Section 2.06
	 	Transfer and Exchange	  	 	32	  
	 Section 2.07
	 	Replacement Notes	  	 	43	  
	 Section 2.08
	 	Outstanding Notes	  	 	44	  
	 Section 2.09
	 	Treasury Notes	  	 	44	  
	 Section 2.10
	 	Temporary Notes	  	 	44	  
	 Section 2.11
	 	Cancellation	  	 	44	  
	 Section 2.12
	 	Defaulted Interest	  	 	45	  
	 Section 2.13
	 	CUSIP Numbers	  	 	45	  
	
	 ARTICLE 3
	   

	 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
	   

			
	 Section 3.01
	 	Notices to Trustee	  	 	45	  
	 Section 3.02
	 	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased	  	 	45	  
	 Section 3.03
	 	Notice of Redemption	  	 	46	  
	 Section 3.04
	 	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	 	47	  
	 Section 3.05
	 	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price	  	 	47	  
	 Section 3.06
	 	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part	  	 	47	  
	 Section 3.07
	 	Optional Redemption	  	 	47	  
	 Section 3.08
	 	Mandatory Redemption	  	 	48	  
	 Section 3.09
	 	Offer to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds of Asset Sales	  	 	48	  
	
	 ARTICLE 4
	   

	 COVENANTS
	   

			
	 Section 4.01    
	 	Payment of Notes	  	 	50	  
	 Section 4.02
	 	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	50	  
	 Section 4.03
	 	Reports	  	 	51	  
	 Section 4.04
	 	Compliance Certificate	  	 	52	  
	 Section 4.05
	 	Taxes	  	 	52	  
	 Section 4.06
	 	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	  	 	52	  
	 Section 4.07
	 	Restricted Payments	  	 	52	  
	 Section 4.08
	 	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries	  	 	56	  
	 Section 4.09
	 	Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock	  	 	58	  

							
	  	 	 	  	Page	 
	 Section 4.10    
	 	Asset Sales	  	 	62	  
	 Section 4.11
	 	Transactions with Affiliates	  	 	65	  
	 Section 4.12
	 	Liens	  	 	67	  
	 Section 4.13
	 	Corporate Existence	  	 	67	  
	 Section 4.14
	 	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control	  	 	68	  
	 Section 4.15
	 	Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions	  	 	69	  
	 Section 4.16
	 	Additional Subsidiary Guarantees	  	 	69	  
	 Section 4.17
	 	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries	  	 	69	  
	 Section 4.18
	 	Changes in Covenants when Notes are Rated Investment Grade	  	 	70	  
	
	 ARTICLE 5
	   

	 SUCCESSORS
	   

			
	 Section 5.01
	 	Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets	  	 	71	  
	 Section 5.02
	 	Successor Corporation Substituted	  	 	73	  
	
	 ARTICLE 6
	   

	 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	   

			
	 Section 6.01
	 	Events of Default	  	 	74	  
	 Section 6.02
	 	Acceleration	  	 	75	  
	 Section 6.03
	 	Other Remedies	  	 	76	  
	 Section 6.04
	 	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	 	76	  
	 Section 6.05
	 	Control by Majority	  	 	77	  
	 Section 6.06
	 	Limitation on Suits	  	 	77	  
	 Section 6.07
	 	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment	  	 	77	  
	 Section 6.08
	 	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	77	  
	 Section 6.09
	 	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	78	  
	 Section 6.10
	 	Priorities	  	 	78	  
	 Section 6.11
	 	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	78	  
	
	 ARTICLE 7
	   

	 TRUSTEE
	   

			
	 Section 7.01
	 	Duties of Trustee	  	 	79	  
	 Section 7.02
	 	Rights of Trustee	  	 	80	  
	 Section 7.03
	 	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	 	81	  
	 Section 7.04
	 	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	 	81	  
	 Section 7.05
	 	Notice of Defaults	  	 	81	  
	 Section 7.06
	 	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes	  	 	82	  
	 Section 7.07
	 	Compensation and Indemnity	  	 	82	  
	 Section 7.08
	 	Replacement of Trustee	  	 	83	  
	 Section 7.09
	 	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	  	 	84	  
	 Section 7.10
	 	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	84	  
	 Section 7.11
	 	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company	  	 	84	  
	
	 ARTICLE 8
	   

	 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
	   

			
	 Section 8.01
	 	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	84	  
	 Section 8.02
	 	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	  	 	84	  
	 Section 8.03
	 	Covenant Defeasance	  	 	85	  
	 Section 8.04
	 	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	85	  
	 Section 8.05
	 	Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	 	86	  

  
 ii 

  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	 Section 8.06
	 	Repayment to Company	  	 	87	  
	 Section 8.07
	 	Reinstatement	  	 	87	  
	
	 ARTICLE 9
	   

	 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
	   

			
	 Section 9.01
	 	Without Consent of Holders of Notes	  	 	88	  
	 Section 9.02
	 	With Consent of Holders of Notes	  	 	89	  
	 Section 9.03
	 	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	 	90	  
	 Section 9.04
	 	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	 	90	  
	 Section 9.05
	 	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	 	90	  
	 Section 9.06
	 	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	  	 	91	  
	
	 ARTICLE 10
	   

	 SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
	   

			
	 Section 10.01
	 	Guarantee	  	 	91	  
	 Section 10.02
	 	Limitation on Guarantor Liability	  	 	92	  
	 Section 10.03
	 	Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee	  	 	92	  
	 Section 10.04
	 	Releases	  	 	93	  
	
	 ARTICLE 11
	   

	 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
	   

			
	 Section 11.01
	 	Satisfaction and Discharge	  	 	94	  
	 Section 11.02
	 	Application of Trust Money	  	 	95	  
	
	 ARTICLE 12
	   

	 MISCELLANEOUS
	   

			
	 Section 12.01    
	 	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	 	95	  
	 Section 12.02
	 	Notices	  	 	95	  
	 Section 12.03
	 	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes	  	 	96	  
	 Section 12.04
	 	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	96	  
	 Section 12.05
	 	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	 	97	  
	 Section 12.06
	 	Rules by Trustee and Agents	  	 	97	  
	 Section 12.07
	 	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	  	 	97	  
	 Section 12.08
	 	Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial	  	 	97	  
	 Section 12.09
	 	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	 	98	  
	 Section 12.10
	 	Successors	  	 	98	  
	 Section 12.11
	 	Severability	  	 	98	  
	 Section 12.12
	 	Counterpart Originals	  	 	98	  
	 Section 12.13
	 	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	 	98	  

 EXHIBITS 
  

			
	 Exhibit A    
	  	FORM OF NOTE
	 Exhibit B
	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
	 Exhibit C
	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
	 Exhibit D
	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
	 Exhibit E
	  	FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE
	 Exhibit F
	  	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

  
 iii

 INDENTURE dated as of February 3, 2012 among Post Holdings, Inc., a Missouri
corporation, the Guarantors (as defined) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee. 
 The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined) of the 7.375% Senior Notes due 2022 (the
“Notes”): 
 ARTICLE 1 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 
 BY REFERENCE 

Section 1.01 Definitions. 

“144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and
the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

 “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary
of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and 

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 

“Additional Notes” means additional Notes, if any, issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date and forming a single
class of securities with the Initial Notes. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person
directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly
or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms
“controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” shall have correlative meanings. 

“Agent” means any Custodian, Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent. 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any payment, tender, redemption, transfer or exchange of or for
beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such payment, tender, redemption, transfer or exchange. 

“Asset Sale” means: 
 (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights, including by means of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition
of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries 

  
 1 

 
taken as a whole will be governed by Section 4.14 and/or Section 5.01 and not by Section 4.10; and 

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale by the
Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Sales: 
 (1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets (including, if applicable, the Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary) having an aggregate fair market value of less
than $25.0 million; 
 (2) a transfer of assets or rights between or among the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
 (3) sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business; 

(4) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary;

 (5) any Permitted Investment or any Restricted Payment, in each case, that is permitted by Section 4.07;

 (6) a disposition of products, services, equipment or inventory in the ordinary course of business or a
disposition of damaged or obsolete equipment or equipment that is no longer useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and that is disposed of in the ordinary course of business; 

(7) the grant of Liens (or foreclosure thereon) permitted by Section 4.12; 

(8) the sale or transfer of Receivables Program Assets or rights therein in connection with a Qualified Receivables
Transaction; 
 (9) the surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release or surrender of
contract, tort or other litigation claim in the ordinary course of business; 
 (10) the sale or other
disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; 
 (11) grants of licenses or sublicenses of intellectual property of
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent not materially interfering with the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (12) any exchange of like-kind property pursuant to Section 1031 of the Code that are used or useful in a Permitted Business; 

(13) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business; 

(14) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good
faith determination of the Company or any of its 

  
 2 

 
Restricted Subsidiaries are not material to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and 

(15) condemnations or any similar action on assets. 

“Attributable Indebtedness”, when used with respect to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, means, as at the time of
determination, the present value of the total Obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in any such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, including any period for which such lease has been extended or
may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that if such Sale and
Leaseback Transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determine in accordance with the definition of “Capital Lease Obligation.” 

“Bank Credit Facilities” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February 3, 2012, by and among the
Company, Post Foods, as guarantor, and the banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto as agents and lenders, and any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection
therewith, and in each case as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time. 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except
that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such
“person” has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. 
 “Board of Directors” means: 
 (1) with respect to
a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board; 
 (2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; 
 (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members, managers or the board of directors thereof; and 

(4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function. 

“Board Resolution” means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee. 

“Borrowing Base” means as of any date, an amount, determined on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP, equal
to the sum of (i) 70% of the aggregate book value of inventory plus (ii) 85% of the aggregate book value of all accounts receivable (net of bad debt reserves) of the Company and 

  
 3 

 
its Restricted Subsidiaries. To the extent that information is not available as to the amount of inventory or accounts receivable as of a specific date, the Company shall use the most recent
available information for purposes of calculating the Borrowing Base. 
 “Broker-Dealer” has the meaning set
forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or
other day on which the Trustee or banking institutions in New York are authorized or required by law to close. 

“Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in
respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior
to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty. 
 “Capital
Stock” means: 
 (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability
company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and 
 (4) any other interest or
participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 
 (1) marketable direct
Obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition;

 (2) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits or overnight bank deposits having
maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having combined capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000 and a Thomson Bank Watch
Rating of “B” or better; 
 (3) commercial paper of an issuer rated at least A-1 by S&P or P-1 by
Moody’s, or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of commercial paper issuers generally, and maturing within one year from the date of
acquisition; 
 (4) repurchase obligations of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause
(2) of this definition, having a term of not more than 7 days, with respect to securities of the type described in clause (1) of this definition; 
 (5) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully Guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political

  
 4 

 
subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision or taxing authority (as the case may
be) are rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody’s; or 
 (6) money market mutual or similar funds that
invest at least 95% of their assets in securities satisfying the requirements of clauses (1) through (5) of this definition. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 
 (1) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), other than a Permitted Holder; 

(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; 

(3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which
is that any “person” (as defined above) other than a Permitted Holder becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares;
provided, however, that an entity that conducts no other material activities other than holding Equity Interests in the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company and has no other material assets or liabilities other than
such Equity Interests will not itself be considered a “person” for purposes of this clause (3); or 

(4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing
Directors. 
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A. 

“Company” means Post Holdings, Inc., a Missouri corporation, and any and all successors thereto. 

“Common Stock” means with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other
equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of such Person’s common stock whether or not outstanding on the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock. 

“Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person
for such period plus, without duplication: 
 (1) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (2) consolidated net interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period whether paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of
original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment Obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable
Indebtedness, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of 

  
 5 

 
credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Qualified Receivables Transaction, and net payments, if
any, pursuant to Hedging Obligations, but excluding amortization of debt issuance costs), to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(3) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles but excluding amortization of
prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses, write-offs, write-downs or impairment charges (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in
any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period and any non-cash charge, expense or loss relating to write-offs, write-downs or reserves with respect to accounts receivable or inventory) of such Person and
its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(4) non-cash losses and expenses resulting from fair value accounting (as permitted by Accounting Standard Codification
Topic No. 825-10-25 – Fair Value Option or any similar accounting standard) to the extent deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (5) unrealized losses relating to hedging transactions and mark-to-market of Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of FASB ASC 830 or any similar accounting
standard shall be excluded; minus 
 (6) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period,
other than items that were accrued in the ordinary course of business, in each case, on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries and determined in accordance with GAAP. 

Notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other
non-cash charges of, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to
be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental
regulations applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect
to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of
preferred stock dividends; provided that: 
 (1) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a
Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that net income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval
(that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its
stockholders; 
 (2) the net income (or loss) for such period of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary,
or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the specified Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually
paid in cash (or to the extent 

  
 6 

 
converted into cash) made by such Person that is a not a Restricted Subsidiary to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period; 

(3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded; 

(4) income or loss attributable to discontinued operations (including, without limitation, operations disposed of during
such period whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued) shall be excluded; 
 (5) any gain
(or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of assets of such Person or its consolidated Subsidiaries, other than a sale or disposition in the ordinary course of business, and any gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or disposition of any
Capital Stock of any Person shall be excluded; 
 (6) any impairment charge or asset write-off, including
impairment charges or asset write-offs or write- downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities (including any losses with respect to the foregoing in bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings)
or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case pursuant to GAAP, shall be excluded; 
 (7) any
non-cash compensation expense realized from employee benefit plans or postemployment benefit plans, grants of stock appreciation, restricted stock or similar rights, stock options or other rights to officers, directors and employees of such Person
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be excluded; 
 (8) all extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring
charges, gains and losses (including, without limitation, all restructuring costs, facilities relocation costs, acquisition integration costs and fees, including all fees, commissions, expenses and other similar charges of accountants, attorneys,
brokers and other financial advisors related thereto and cash severance payments made in connection with acquisitions, any expense or charge related to the repurchase of Capital Stock or warrants or options to purchase Capital Stock and any
premiums, fees and expenses paid in connection with the Transactions), together with any related provision for taxes, shall be excluded; 
 (9) inventory purchase accounting adjustments and amortization and impairment charges resulting from other purchase accounting adjustments in connection with acquisition transactions shall be excluded;
and 
 (10) in the case of a successor to the referent Person by consolidation or merger or as a transferee of
the referent Person’s assets, any earnings of the successor corporation prior to such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets shall be excluded. 
 “Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of (i) Senior Secured Indebtedness of such Person on such date to
(ii) Consolidated Cash Flow for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Senior Secured
Leverage Ratio is made (for purposes of this definition, the “Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio Reference Period”). In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees,
repays, repurchase, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock, in each case, subsequent to the commencement of the Consolidated
Senior Secured 

  
 7 

 
Leverage Ratio Reference Period and on or prior to the date of the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is made (for purposes of this definition, the
“Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase,
redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage
Ratio Reference Period. 
 In addition, the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall be determined with such pro forma
adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. 
 “Consolidated Total Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the consolidated total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet
of the Company then available, after giving pro forma effect for acquisitions or dispositions of Persons, divisions or lines of business that occurred on or after such balance sheet date and on or prior to such date of determination. 

“continuing” means, with respect to any Default or Event of Default, that such Default or Event of Default has not been
cured or waived. 
 “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of
Directors of the Company who: 
 (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture; or

 (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the
Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election. 
 Without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, “Continuing Director” shall include one or more directors or nominees who are part of a dissident slate of directors in connection with a proxy contest, which director or nominee is approved by the
Company’s Board of Directors as a Continuing Director, even if such Board of Directors opposed or opposes the directors for purposes of such proxy contest. 
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company
and for purposes of Section 2.03, such office shall also mean the office or agency of the Trustee located at 608 Second Avenue South, N9303-121, Minneapolis, MN 55479, Attn: Corporate Trust Operations. 

“Credit Facility” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries: 

(1) the Bank Credit Facilities; and 

(2) one or more debt facilities (which may be outstanding at the same time) or other financing arrangements (including,
without limitation, commercial paper facilities, indentures, note purchase agreements or other agreements) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, debt securities, letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other long-term
indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or
refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or 

  
 8 

 
commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or
refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09) or alters the maturity thereof or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as
additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders. 

“Currency Protection Agreement” means any currency protection agreement entered into with one or more financial
institutions in the ordinary course of business that is designed to protect the Person or entity entering into the agreement against fluctuations in currency exchange rates with respect to Indebtedness incurred and not for purposes of speculation.

 “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor
entity thereto. 
 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or
both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of
the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the
Global Note” attached thereto. 
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in
whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision
of this Indenture. 
 “Designated Noncash Consideration” means the fair market value of noncash consideration
received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed
by the principal executive officer or the principal financial officer of the Company, less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with a sale or collection of such Designated Noncash Consideration. 

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is
convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the
option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature; provided, however, that only the portion of the Capital Stock which so matures, is mandatorily
redeemable or is redeemable at the option of the holder prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders
thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale or as a result of the bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event of the issuer shall not constitute Disqualified
Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock pursuant to such provision unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07. Disqualified Stock shall not include
Capital Stock which is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in
order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations. 

  
 9 

 “Domestic Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, any Restricted
Subsidiary that was formed under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or that Guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or its Domestic Subsidiaries. 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding
any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
 “Euroclear” means Euroclear
Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended. 
 “Exchange Notes” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to
Section 2.06(f). 
 “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 “Excluded Subsidiary” means any Domestic Subsidiary that is designated by the Company as an “Excluded
Subsidiary” pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee; provided that each such Subsidiary shall be an Excluded Subsidiary only if and only for so long as: 

(1) (a) the Consolidated Total Assets of such Subsidiary is less than 2.25% of the Company’s Consolidated Total
Assets and (b) such Subsidiary does not guarantee or otherwise provide direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or its Domestic Subsidiaries; provided that the Consolidated Total Assets of all Domestic Subsidiaries that
would otherwise be deemed Excluded Subsidiaries under this clause (1)(a) shall not exceed 6.00% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 

(2) such Subsidiary is a Receivables Subsidiary. 
 “Existing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Bank Credit Facilities) in existence on the date of this
Indenture, until such amounts are repaid. 
 “fair market value” means, with respect to any asset or property,
the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period (for purposes of this
definition, the “Reference Period”), the ratio of Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for the Reference Period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for the Reference Period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees, repays, repurchase, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock, in each case,
subsequent to the commencement of the Reference Period and on or prior to the date of the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (for purposes of this definition, the “Calculation Date”), then the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of 

  
 10 

 
Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the Reference Period.

 In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio: 

(1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through
mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions, after the first day of the Reference Period and
on or prior to the Calculation Date shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day of the Reference Period; 

(2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, shall be
excluded; and 
 (3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with
GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date. 
 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a
transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company and may include, without duplication, cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions resulting from such
transaction that have been realized or are expected, in the reasonable judgment of such financial or accounting officer as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to be realized within twelve months of the effective date of such transaction. Any
such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable determination of the Company as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to reflect all adjustments included in the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA as set
forth in footnotes (6) and (7) to the “Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data” in the Company’s Offering Memorandum, to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to
such four-quarter period. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the
applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible
financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving
credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness
that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a Eurocurrency interbank offering rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based
upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate. 
 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any
Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: 
 (1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest
component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, 

  
 11 

 
imputed interest with respect to Attributable Indebtedness, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and
net payments, if any, pursuant to Hedging Obligations, but excluding amortization of debt issuance costs; plus 

(2) the consolidated interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period;
plus 
 (3) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of
its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus 

(4) the product of (a) all dividend payments, whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock of such Person
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividend payments on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, times (b) a
fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance
with GAAP; minus 
 (5) interest income. 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary that was not formed under the laws of
the United States of America or any state thereof. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in
the United States of America as in effect from time to time; provided that leases will be accounted for using the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America in effect on the Issue Date and any changes in the
accounting for leases after the Issue Date will be disregarded. 
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set
forth in Section 2.06(g)(2), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 

“Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global
Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the
Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4), 2.06(d)(2) or 2.06(f). 

“Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course
of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness. 

“Guarantors” means: 
 (1) each Domestic Subsidiary of the Company on the date of this Indenture (other than the Excluded Subsidiaries until such Domestic Subsidiaries no longer qualify as Excluded Subsidiaries); and

  
 12 

 (2) any other Subsidiary of the Company that executes a Subsidiary Guarantee
and related supplemental indenture in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 and their respective successors and
assigns, in each case, until such Person is released from its Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
 “Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person under swap, cap, collar, forward purchase or similar agreements or arrangements dealing with interest rates,
currency exchange rates or commodity prices, either generally or under specific contingencies. 
 “Holder”
means a Person in whose name a Note is registered. 
 “IAI Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in
the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the
outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors. 
 “Indebtedness” means
at any time (without duplication), with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person, or non-recourse, the following: 

(1) all indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed or for the deferred purchase price of property, excluding
(A) any trade payables or other current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and (B) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 (2) all Obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments
(including purchase-money obligations); 
 (3) all Obligations of such Person with respect to letters of credit,
bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto, except to the extent such reimbursement Obligation relates to a trade payable) issued for the account of such Person; 

(4) all Indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to
property or assets acquired by such Person (even if the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property or assets); 

(5) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person; 

(6) the maximum fixed redemption, repayment or other repurchase price of Disqualified Stock in such Person at the time of
determination; 
 (7) any Hedging Obligations of such Person at the time of determination (the amount of any such
Obligations to be equal to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such Obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time); 

(8) any Attributable Indebtedness; and 

(9) all Obligations of the types referred to in clauses (1) through (8) of this definition of another Person and
all dividends and other distributions of another Person, the payment of 

  
 13 

 
which, in either case, (A) such Person has Guaranteed, directly or indirectly, or that is otherwise its legal liability or which such Person has agreed to purchase or repurchase or in
respect of which such Person has agreed contingently to supply or advance funds or (B) is secured by (or the holder of such Indebtedness or the recipient of such dividends or other distributions has an existing right, whether contingent or
otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon the property or other assets of such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness, dividends or other distributions. 

For purposes of the foregoing: 
 (1) the maximum fixed repurchase price of any Disqualified Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock as if such
Disqualified Stock was repurchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture; provided, however, that, if such Disqualified Stock is not then permitted to be repurchased, the
repurchase price shall be the book value of such Disqualified Stock; 
 (2) the amount outstanding at any time of
any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount is the principal amount of such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness at such time as determined in conformity with GAAP, but such
Indebtedness shall be deemed incurred only as of the date of original issuance thereof; 
 (3) in the case of any
Indebtedness not issued with original issue discount, the amount of any such Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be the principal amount of the Indebtedness, together with any interest on the Indebtedness that is more than 30 days past due;

 (4) the amount of any Indebtedness described in clause (9)(A) above shall be the maximum liability under
any such Guarantee; 
 (5) the amount of any Indebtedness described in clause (9)(B) above shall be the
lesser of (I) the maximum amount of the Obligations so secured and (II) the fair market value of such property or other assets; and 
 (6) except as described in clause (e) above, interest, fees, premium, and expenses and additional payments, if any, will not constitute Indebtedness. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with the purchase or sale by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any assets or
business, the term “Indebtedness” will exclude (x) customary indemnification obligations and (y) post-closing payment adjustments to which the other party may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final
closing balance sheet or such payment is otherwise contingent; provided, however, that, such amount would not be required to be reflected on the face of a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 “Initial Notes” means the first $775.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this
Indenture on the date hereof. 

  
 14 

 “Initial Purchasers” means Barclays Capital Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities
LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, PNC Capital Markets, LLC and SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc. 
 “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who
are not also QIBs. 
 “Investment Grade Rating” means, a debt rating of the Notes of BBB- or higher by S&P
and Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such ratings by S&P and Moody’s or, in the event S&P or Moody’s shall cease rating the Notes and the Company shall select any other Rating Agency, the equivalent of such
ratings by such other Rating Agency. 
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by
such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of direct or indirect loans (including Guarantees of Indebtedness or other Obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to
officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), prepaid expenses and accounts receivable, purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or
would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company such
that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair
market value of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the last paragraph of Section 4.07. 
 “Issue Date” means the date of issuance of the Initial Notes under this Indenture. 
 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to
remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. 

“Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the
Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer. 
 “Lien” means, with respect to any
asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention
agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any
jurisdiction; provided that in no event will an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien. 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor rating agency. 

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in
respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of all costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation,
legal, accounting, investment banking fees and broker fees, and sales and underwriting commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, in each case after taking into account any
available tax 

  
 15 

 
credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements and amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness under a Credit Facility, secured by a Lien on
the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, any costs associated with unwinding any related Hedging Obligations in connection with such repayment and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets
established in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness: 

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind
(including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender; 

(2) default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action
against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or
cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and 
 (3) as to which the
lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 

“Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble of this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes
shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes. 

“Obligations” means any principal, premium, if any, interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any
petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding), penalties, fees, charges, expenses, indemnifications, reimbursement
obligations, damages, including liquidated damages, Guarantees and other liabilities or amounts payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness or in respect thereof. 

“Offering Memorandum” means that certain Offering Memorandum with respect to the Initial Notes, dated January 27,
2012. 
 “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer,
the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, General Counsel or any Vice-President of such Person. 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer of the Company, who must
be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the principal accounting officer, the treasurer or the general counsel of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 12.05. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel, who may be internal or external counsel for the
Company, or other counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, complying with Section 12.05. 

  
 16 

 “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or
Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 
 “Permitted Business” means any business that is the same as, or reasonably related, ancillary or complementary to, any of the businesses in which the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this Indenture. 
 “Permitted Holder” means (a) William P.
Stiritz, (b) any of his immediate family members or (c) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding a 50.1% or more controlling interest of which
consist of William P. Stiritz and/or his immediate family members. 
 “Permitted Investments” means:

 (1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 

(2) any Investment in cash or Cash Equivalents; 

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person engaged in a Related Business,
if as a result of such Investment: 
 (a) such Person in one transaction or a series of related transactions
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or 
 (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with
or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10; 

(5) any Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Receivables Subsidiary or a Special Purpose Vehicle
or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided that any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or a Special Purpose Vehicle is in the form of a Purchase Money
Note or an Equity Interest or in the form of a purchase of Receivables and Receivables Related Assets pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation; 
 (6) any Investment solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; 

(7) Investments in accounts or notes receivable owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary acquired in the ordinary
course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems
reasonable under the circumstances; 
 (8) loans and advances to employees and officers of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business for bona fide business purposes not in excess of $5.0 million at any one time outstanding; 

  
 17 

 (9) Investments in securities received in settlement of Obligations of trade
creditors or customers in the ordinary course of business or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of trade creditors or customers; 

(10) workers’ compensation, utility, lease and similar deposits and prepaid expenses in the ordinary course of
business and endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business; 
 (11)
commission, payroll, travel and similar advances to employees in the ordinary course of business; 
 (12) Hedging
Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of the Company’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ businesses and not for speculative purposes and otherwise in compliance with this Indenture; 

(13) Investments represented by Guarantees of Indebtedness that are otherwise permitted under this Indenture and
performance guarantees in the ordinary course of business; 
 (14) Investments in joint ventures having an
aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (14) that are at any time
outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $50.0 million and (b) 1.75% of Consolidated Total Assets, less the aggregate fair market value of Investments made pursuant to clause 15(b) below (measured on the date each such
Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), plus (c) 100% of the aggregate cash dividends and distributions received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any such Investments that are at any
time outstanding pursuant to this clause (14); 
 (15) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair
market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (15) that are at any time outstanding, not
to exceed (a) the greater of (i) $50.0 million and (ii) 1.75% of Consolidated Total Assets plus (b) the then current amount available for Investments pursuant to clause (14) above plus (c) 100% of the
aggregate cash dividends and distributions received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any such Investments that are at any time outstanding pursuant to this clause (15); 

(16) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing
arrangements with other Persons; 
 (17) any Investment (x) existing on the Issue Date, (y) made
pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Issue Date or (z) that replaces, refinances, refunds, renews or extends any Investment described under either of the immediately preceding clauses (x) or (y), provided that any such
Investment is in an amount that does not exceed the amount replaced, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended; and 
 (18) Investments in the Notes. 
 “Permitted Liens” means:

  
 18 

 (1) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1); 
 (2) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary so long as, after giving effect to the incurrence of any such Indebtedness and/or Lien (including the application of any net proceeds thereof), the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio of the Company would not be greater than 2.5 to
1.0 as of the date of incurrence; 
 (3) Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors; 

(4) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with or becomes
a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were not entered into in contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person
merged into or consolidated with the Company or such Subsidiary; 
 (5) Liens on property existing at the time of
acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition and only extend to the property so acquired; 

(6) Liens on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries; 

(7) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including and Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by Section 4.09, covering only
the assets financed with such Indebtedness and additions and improvements thereon; 
 (8) Liens existing on the
Issue Date securing Existing Indebtedness; 
 (9) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims
that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made
therefor; 
 (10) Deposits’ and landlords’, lessors’, carriers’, warehousemen’s,
mechanics’, suppliers’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by law incurred in the ordinary course of business, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
diligently conducted; 
 (11) pledges or deposits made in connection with workers’ compensation,
unemployment insurance and other types of social security or similar legislation, or good faith deposits to secure the performance of bids, tenders, government contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary is a party, deposits to secure statutory obligations or bankers’ acceptances of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and deposits to secure surety and appeal bonds to which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary is
a party, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (12) judgment Liens not giving rise to
Default or an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such
proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired; 

  
 19 

 (13) easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions and other similar charges
or encumbrances affecting real property which do not materially adversely affect the value of said property or interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; 

(14) any interest or title of a lessor under any capital lease or operating lease; provided that such Liens do not
extend to any property or assets which is not leased property subject to such lease; 
 (15) Liens in favor of
custom and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of non-delinquent customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; 
 (16) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances incurred in accordance with this Indenture which encumber documents and other property relating
to such letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances and products and proceeds thereof; 
 (17) Liens arising
from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 

(18) leases or subleases, licenses or sublicenses, granted to others not interfering in any material respect with the
business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (19) Liens arising out of conditional
sale, consignment, title retention or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 

(20) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the
course of collection; (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering
deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry; 
 (21) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness which is incurred to refinance, renew, replace, defease or discharge any Refinanced Indebtedness which has been secured by a Lien permitted under
this Indenture and which has been incurred in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; provided, however, that such Liens: (i) are no less favorable to the Holders in any material respect and are not more favorable to the
lienholders in any material respect with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of such Refinanced Indebtedness; and (ii) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not
securing such Refinanced Indebtedness; 
 (22) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds
of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

  
 20 

 (23) Liens securing Hedging Obligations, currency agreements and commodities
agreements which relate to Indebtedness that is permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09; 
 (24)
Liens on Receivables Program Assets securing Receivables Program Obligations; 
 (25) deposits made in the
ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers; 
 (26) Liens under licensing agreements
for use of intellectual property entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (27) Liens incurred to
secure cash management services and other bank products owed to a lender under any Credit Facilities (or any Affiliate of such lender) in the ordinary course of business; 

(28) Liens on property or assets used to defease or to satisfy and discharge Indebtedness; provided that such
defeasance or satisfaction and discharge is not prohibited by this Indenture; and 
 (29) Liens incurred on
assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company with respect to Obligations that do not exceed the greater of $35.0 million and 1.25% of Consolidated Total Assets (determined as of the date of any incurrence).

 During any Suspension Period, the relevant clauses of Section 4.09 shall be deemed to be in effect solely for purposes
of determining the amount available under clause (7) above. 
 “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means
any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness) (such other Indebtedness, “Refinanced Indebtedness”); provided that: 
 (1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus accrued interest on,
the Refinanced Indebtedness (plus the amount of reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith including premiums paid, if any, to the holders thereof); 

(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted
Average Life to Maturity of the Refinanced Indebtedness; 
 (3) if the Refinanced Indebtedness is contractually
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is contractually subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation
governing the Refinanced Indebtedness; 
 (4) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred either by the
Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Refinanced Indebtedness; and 

  
 21 

 (5) (a) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is
earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Refinanced Indebtedness or (b) if the Stated Maturity of the Refinanced Indebtedness is later
than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity at least 91 days later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes. 
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, estate or unincorporated organization or
government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity (including any subdivision or ongoing business of any such entity, or substantially all of the assets of any such entity, subdivision or business). 

“Post Foods” means Post Foods, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. 

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(1) to be placed on all Notes issued under
this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Purchase Money Note”
means a promissory note evidencing the obligation of a Receivables Subsidiary or a Special Purpose Vehicle to pay the purchase price for Receivables or other Indebtedness to the Company or to any Restricted Subsidiary (or to a Receivables Subsidiary
in the case of a transfer to a Special Purpose Vehicle) in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, which note shall be repaid from cash available to the maker of such note, other than cash required to be held as reserves pursuant to
Receivables Documents, amounts paid in respect of interest, principal and other amounts owing under Receivables Documents and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated Receivables. 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock. 

“Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to which the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries) and any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Receivables Program Assets (whether existing on the Issue Date or arising thereafter); provided that:

 (1) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other Obligations (contingent or otherwise) of a Receivables
Subsidiary or Special Purpose Vehicle 
 (a) is Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
(other than a Receivables Subsidiary), excluding Guarantees of Obligations pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, 
 (b) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or

 (c) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a
Receivables Subsidiary), directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction of Obligations incurred in such transactions, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; 

  
 22 

 (2) neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a
Receivables Subsidiary) has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding with a Receivables Subsidiary or a Special Purpose Vehicle (except in connection with a receivables securitization facility) other than on terms no less
favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company; and 
 (3) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) do not have any obligation to maintain or preserve the financial condition of a Receivables Subsidiary or a Special
Purpose Vehicle or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results other than Standard Securitization Undertakings. 
 “Ralcorp Obligations” means indemnification obligations of the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries in favor of Ralcorp Holdings, Inc. and/or its subsidiaries in connection with the
Spin-Off. 
 “Rating Agency” means each of S&P and Moody’s, or if S&P or Moody’s or both
shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available (for reasons outside the control of the Company), a statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, nationally recognized in the United States and selected by the Company (as
certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors) which shall be substituted for S&P’s or Moody’s, or both, as the case may be. 
 “Receivables” means all rights of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) to payments (whether constituting accounts, chattel paper,
instruments, general intangibles or otherwise, and including the right to payment of any interest or finance charges), which rights are identified in the accounting records of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary as accounts receivable.

 “Receivables Documents” means: 

(1) one or more receivables purchase agreements, pooling and servicing agreements, credit agreements, agreements to
acquire undivided interests or other agreements to transfer or obtain loans or advances against, or create a security interest in, Receivables Program Assets, in each case as amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to
time and entered into by the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary and/or a Receivables Subsidiary, and 
 (2) each
other instrument, agreement and other document entered into by the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or a Receivables Subsidiary relating to the transactions contemplated by the agreements referred to in clause (a) above, in each case as
amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to time. 
 “Receivables Program Assets”
means: 
 (1) all Receivables which are described as being transferred by the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or
a Receivables Subsidiary pursuant to the Receivables Documents; 
 (2) all Receivables Related Assets; and

 (3) all collections (including recoveries) and other proceeds of the assets described in the foregoing
clauses. 
 “Receivables Program Obligations” means: 

  
 23 

 (1) Indebtedness and other Obligations owing in respect of notes, trust
certificates, undivided interests, partnership interests or other interests sold, issued and/or pledged, or otherwise incurred, in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; and 

(2) related obligations of the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or a Special Purpose Vehicle (including, without
limitation, Standard Securitization Undertakings). 
 “Receivables Related Assets” means: 

(1) any rights arising under the documentation governing or relating to Receivables (including rights in respect of Liens
securing such Receivables and other credit support in respect of such Receivables); 
 (2) any proceeds of such
Receivables and any lockboxes or accounts in which such proceeds are deposited; 
 (3) spread accounts and other
similar accounts (and any amounts on deposit therein) established in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; 
 (4) any warranty, indemnity, dilution and other intercompany claim arising out of Receivables Documents; and 
 (5) other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable.

 “Receivables Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other
than a Receivables Subsidiary) in a Qualified Receivables Transaction to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming
subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables
Subsidiary). 
 “Receivables Subsidiary” means a special purpose Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company created in connection with the transactions contemplated by a Qualified Receivables Transaction, which Restricted Subsidiary engages in no activities other than those incidental to such Qualified Receivables Transaction and which is
designated as a Receivables Subsidiary by the Company’s Board of Directors. Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced by filing with the Trustee a Board Resolution of the Company giving effect to such designation and an
Officer’s Certificate certifying, to the best of such officer’s knowledge and belief after consulting with counsel, such designation, and the transactions in which the Receivables Subsidiary will engage, comply with the requirements of the
definition of Qualified Receivables Transaction. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration
Rights Agreement, dated as of February 3, 2012, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any
Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, as such agreements may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to
the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act. 

  
 24 

 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 “Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the
Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on
Rule 903 of Regulation S. 
 “Related Business” means the business conducted by the Company and its
Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date and any and all businesses that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company are similar or reasonably related, ancillary or complementary thereto or reasonable extensions thereof. 

“Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer who shall have direct responsibility for
the administration of this Indenture at the Corporate Trust Office and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the
particular subject. 
 “Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement
Legend. 
 “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc., a New York
corporation, or any successor rating agency. 
 “Sale and Leaseback Transactions” means with respect to any
Person an arrangement with any bank, insurance company or other lender or investor or to which such lender or investor is a party, providing for the leasing by such Person of any asset of such Person which has been or is being sold or transferred by
such Person to such lender or investor or to any Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such lender or investor on the security of such asset. 
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Senior Secured Indebtedness” means the sum of (i) Indebtedness, letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances
funded or incurred under Credit Facilities (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have an amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its 

  
 25 

 
Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) and (ii) other funded or incurred Indebtedness that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, in each case, which is secured by Lien on any
assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Separation Agreement” means that certain
Separation and Distribution Agreement among the Company, Post Foods and Ralcorp Holdings, Inc., entered into in connection with the Spin-Off, as in effect as of the Issue Date or as may be subsequently amended, provided that such amendment is not
prohibited by this Indenture. 
 “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as
defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means (1) any Subsidiary that
would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Exchange Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary that when
aggregated with all other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not otherwise Significant Subsidiaries would constitute a Significant Subsidiary under clause (1) of this definition. 

“Special Interest” has the meaning assigned to that term pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Special Purpose Vehicle” means a trust, partnership or other special purpose Person established by the Company and/or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to implement a Qualified Receivables Transaction. 
 “Spin-Off” means the
separation of Ralcorp Holdings, Inc. and its Post cereals business in a tax-free spin-off to shareholders of Ralcorp Holdings, Inc. pursuant to the Separation Agreement and the other transactions and agreements referred to therein, as further
described in the Company’s Offering Memorandum under the caption “The Transactions.” 
 “Standard
Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants, performance guarantees and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of
the appropriate company, are reasonably customary in an accounts receivable transaction and includes, without limitation, any Receivables Repurchase Obligation. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal was scheduled to
be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership) of which more than 50% of the total
voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or
one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person (or a combination thereof); and 

  
 26 

 (2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing
general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or of one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof). 

“Subsidiary Guarantee” means, individually, any Guarantee of payment of the Notes by a Guarantor pursuant to the terms
of this Indenture, and, collectively, all such Guarantees. 
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). 
 “Transactions” means (i) the Spin-Off,
(ii) the offering of the Initial Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees, (iii) the entry into the Bank Credit Facilities and the incurrence of Indebtedness thereunder on the Issue Date and (iv) the payment of fees and expenses related to
each of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii). 
 “Trustee” means Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 

“Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement
Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of
Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.17, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: 
 (1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; 
 (2) is not
party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; 
 (3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to
maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified level of operating results; and 
 (4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries unless such Guarantee or credit support is
released upon its designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “U.S. Dollar Equivalent” means, with respect to
any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purpose
of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as published in The Wall Street Journal in the “Exchange Rates” column under the heading “Currency Trading” on the date two Business Days prior to such determination.

  
 27 

 “U.S. Government Obligations” means direct non-callable Obligations of, or
Guaranteed as to the full and timely payment by, the United States of America for the payment of which Guarantee or Obligations the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged. 

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote
in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when
applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: 
 (1) the sum of the products
obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years
(calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by 

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. 

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” of any Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding
Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person and/or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person. 

Section 1.02 Other Definitions. 
  

					
	 	  	Defined in	 
	 Term
	  	Section	 
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	 	4.11	  
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	 	2.02	  
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	 	4.14	  
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	 	4.14	  
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	 	4.14	  
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	 	8.03	  
	 “DTC”
	  	 	2.03	  
	 “Event of Default”
	  	 	6.01	  
	 “incur”
	  	 	4.09	  
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	 	8.02	  
	 “Net Proceeds Offer”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Net Proceeds Offer Amount”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Offer Period”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Pari Passu Indebtedness”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	 	2.03	  
	 “Payment Default”
	  	 	6.01	  
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	 	4.09	  
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Registrar”
	  	 	2.03	  

  
 28 

					
	 	  	Defined in	 
	 Term
	  	Section	 
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	 	4.07	  
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	 	4.18	  
	 “Suspension Period”
	  	 	4.18	  

 Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this
Indenture, and shall apply to this Indenture as if this Indenture at the time of such application were qualified under the TIA, regardless of whether or not then so qualified. 
 The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 

“indenture securities” means the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees; 

“indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note; 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture; 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 

“obligor” on the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any
successor obligor upon the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees, respectively. 
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are
defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction. 
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (1) a term has the meaning
assigned to it; 
 (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with
GAAP; 
 (3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(5) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 

(6) all section references contained herein will be deemed to be references to sections of this Indenture, unless
otherwise specified; 
 (7) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 

(8) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act will be deemed to include substitute,
replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; and 

  
 29 

 (9) for the avoidance of doubt, any reference to “interest” shall
include any Special Interest that may payable. 
 ARTICLE 2 

THE NOTES 
 Section 2.01 Form
and Dating. 
 (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in
the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby
expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision
of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the
Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note”
attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that
the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges, redemptions and transfers of interests. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the
amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof
as required by Section 2.06. 
 (c) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the
“Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be
applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication. 
 At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid. 

A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the
Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 The Trustee will, upon receipt of one or more written orders of the Company
signed by at least one Officer (each an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes

  
 30 

 outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by
the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07. 
 The Trustee may appoint
an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such
agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company. 
 The
Company will be responsible for making calculations called for under the Notes, including but not limited to determination of redemption price, premium, if any, and any additional amounts or other amounts payable on the Notes. The Company will make
the calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, its calculations will be final and binding on the Holders. The Company will provide a schedule of its calculations to the Trustee when requested by the Trustee, and the Trustee is entitled
to rely conclusively on the accuracy of the Company’s calculations without independent verification. 
 Section 2.03 Registrar and
Paying Agent. 
 The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or
for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may
appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent
or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent,
the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
 The Company
initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. 

The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global
Notes. 
 Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 
 The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent
for the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest or Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may
require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a
Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any
bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
 Section 2.05
Holder Lists. 
 The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list
available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA §312(a). If 

  
 31 

 the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days
before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall
otherwise comply with TIA §312(a). 
 Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of
the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be
exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if: 
 (1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the
Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after
the date of such notice from the Depositary; 
 (2) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global
Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or 
 (3) there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes and the Registrar or Trustee has received a request from the Depositary to issue such Definitive Notes.

 Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (1), (2) or (3) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in
such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note
or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in
this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f). 
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance
with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act.
Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 

(1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note
may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that
prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial
interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global 

  
 32 

 Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar
to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1). 
 (2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges
of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar
either: 
 (A) both: 
 (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a
beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 
 (ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or 

(B) both: 
 (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in
an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 
 (ii) instructions given by the
Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above. 

Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f), the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(2) shall be
deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements
for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to
Section 2.06(h). 
 (3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A
beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of
Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transferee will take
delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 

  
 33 

 (C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial
interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 

(4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an
Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an
exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who
is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by
a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
 (i) if the holder of
such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications
in item (1)(a) thereof; or 
 (ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so
requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer
contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to
subparagraph (B) or (D) above. 

  
 34 

 Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred
to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
 (c) Transfer or
Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. 
 (1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes
to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes
delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of
Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 
 (B) if such beneficial interest is
being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with
Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
 (E) if such beneficial interest is
being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set
forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
 (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(3)(b) thereof; or 
 (G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
 the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h), and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this
Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant
or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive 

  
 35 

 
Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all
restrictions on transfer contained therein. 
 (2) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to
Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected
pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of
Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following:

 (i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such
beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 

(ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest
to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Company or Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so
require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company or the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the
Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (3)
Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such
beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2), the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable
Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h), and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount.
Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will be registered in 

  
 36 

 
such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and
the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this
Section 2.06(c)(3) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for
Beneficial Interests. 
 (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global
Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto,
including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 
 (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being
transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance
with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set
forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
 (E) if such Restricted
Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate
to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
 (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(3)(b) thereof; or 
 (G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
 the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note,
in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note. 

  
 37 

 (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted
Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer,
(ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with
the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(i) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted
Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 
 (ii) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate
from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such
case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Company or the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company or the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or
transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel
the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 
 (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the
Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs
(2)(B), (2)(D) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note 

  
 38 

 has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order
in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such
Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender
to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting
Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e). 

(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred
to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the
form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
 (C) if the transfer will
be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel
required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 
 (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted
Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the
distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance
with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

  
 39 

 (i) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange
such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 

(ii) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take
delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Company or the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form
reasonably acceptable to the Company or the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to
Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the
Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 
 (f)
Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee will
authenticate: 
 (1) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not
participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; and 
 (2) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in
the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company. 

Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global
Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.

 (g) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this
Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
 (1) Private
Placement Legend. 

  
 40 

 (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and
each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY
NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.
THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE
RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS THE DATE ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF OR SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED UNDER RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THEREOF, ONLY (A) TO THE
COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY OF THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM
NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL,
CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.” 

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(2),
(c)(3), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

(2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form: 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE
BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE
EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO
A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF POST HOLDINGS, INC. 

  
 41 

 UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE
TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE
OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,
EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS
MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

 (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global
Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with
Section 2.11. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for
Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on the Schedule of Exchange of Interests on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the
direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note
will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 

(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 

(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global
Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 or at the Registrar’s request. 
 (2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10,
3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05). 
 (3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or
exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
 (4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt,
and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 

  
 42 

 (5) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required: 

(A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15
days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 and ending at the close of business on the day of selection; 
 (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or 

(C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

 (6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the
Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered on the books of the Registrar as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes,
and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (7) The Trustee
will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02. 

(8) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this
Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 
 (9) Neither
the Trustee nor the Registrar shall have any duty to monitor the Company’s compliance with or have any responsibility with respect to the Company’s compliance with any federal or state securities laws in connection with registrations of
transfers and exchanges of the Notes. The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer
of any interest in any Notes (including any transfers between or among the Depository’s participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation, as is
expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes. 
 If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the
Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the
judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this
Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 

  
 43 

 Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes. 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it
for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09, a Note
does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note. 
 If a Note is replaced
pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. 
 If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 

If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date,
money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest. 
 Section 2.09 Treasury Notes. 
 In determining whether the Holders of the
required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with
the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are
so owned will be so disregarded. 
 Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. 
 Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be
substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the
Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 
 Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to
all of the benefits of this Indenture. 
 Section 2.11 Cancellation. 

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any
Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation. All cancelled Notes held by the
Trustee shall be retained and disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures and applicable law. Certification of the cancellation of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company upon request. The Company may not issue
new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 

  
 44 

 Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest. 

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent
lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the
amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be
less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company)
will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 
 Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers. 
 The Company in issuing the Notes may use
CUSIP, ISIN or other similar numbers, if then generally in use, and thereafter with respect to such Notes the Trustee may use such numbers in any notice provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of
such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such notice shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such
numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP, ISIN or other similar numbers. 

ARTICLE 3 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee. 
 If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption
date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth: 
 (1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the
redemption shall occur; 
 (2) the redemption date; 

(3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and 

(4) the redemption price. 
 Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. 
 If less than
all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased at any time and the Notes are not in global form, unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or depositary requirements, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption or purchase as
follows: 
 (1) if the Notes are listed, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities
exchange on which the Notes are listed; or 
 (2) if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis
subject to adjustment for minimum denominations. 

  
 45 

 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time and the Notes are Global Notes,
the Notes to be redeemed will be selected in accordance with the Applicable Procedures. 
 In the event of partial redemption or
purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not
previously called for redemption or purchase. 
 The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected
for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in minimum amounts of $2,000 or whole
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding
sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 
 Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption. 
 Subject to the provisions of
Section 3.09, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company will send or cause to be sent in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, or by first class mail with respect to Definitive Notes, a notice of
redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11. 
 The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed
and will state: 
 (1) the redemption date; 

(2) the redemption price; 
 (3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal
amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; 
 (4) the name and
address of the Paying Agent; 
 (5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to
collect the redemption price; 
 (6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment,
interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (7) the paragraph
of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
 (8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 

  
 46 

 At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the
Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date (unless a shorter period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), an Officer’s
Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 
 Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. 
 Once notice of redemption is
sent in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. 

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 
 At or prior to 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time, on or prior to the redemption or purchase date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or
purchase price of, accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the
Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease
to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest
shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the
Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each
case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01. 
 Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the
Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. 
 Section 3.07 Optional Redemption. 
 (a) The Notes will not be redeemable at
the Company’s option prior to February 15, 2017. 
 (b) On or after February 15, 2017, the Company may redeem all
or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount of the Notes) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the
applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 15 of the years indicated below: 

  
 47 

  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2017
	  	 	103.688	% 
	 2018
	  	 	102.458	% 
	 2019
	  	 	101.229	% 
	 2020 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 If an optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related
interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name the Notes is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders
whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Company. 
 Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price,
interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 (c)
Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06. 
 Section 3.08
Mandatory Redemption. 
 The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with
respect to the Notes. 
 Section 3.09 Offer to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds of Asset Sales. 

In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10, the Company is required to commence a Net Proceeds Offer, it will follow the procedures
specified below. 
 Upon the commencement of a Net Proceeds Offer, the Company will send, in accordance with Applicable
Procedures, or by first class mail with respect to Definitive Notes, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Net
Proceeds Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Net Proceeds Offer, will state: 
 (1) that the
Net Proceeds Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 and the length of time the Net Proceeds Offer will remain open; 
 (2) the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the purchase price and the date of purchase (the “Purchase Date”); 

(3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrete or accrue interest; 

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Net Proceeds
Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Purchase Date; 
 (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased
pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in minimum denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; 

  
 48 

 (6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Net
Proceeds Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the
Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days before the Purchase Date; 
 (7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a
telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

 (8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by
holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company will select the Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness
surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in minimum denominations of $2,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be purchased); and 

(9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
 On or before the Purchase Date, the
Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount (less any pro rata portion thereof attributable to other pari passu Indebtedness) of Notes or portions thereof
tendered pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount attributable to the Notes has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an
Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will
promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written
request from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall
be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Net Proceeds Offer on the Purchase Date. 
 If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in
whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer. 

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall
be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06. 

  
 49 

 ARTICLE 4 
 COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01 Payment of Notes. 

The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium on, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes on
the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of
10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, then due. The Company will pay all Special Interest,
if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 Special Interest
will be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date following accrual in the same manner as regular interest on the Notes. If Special Interest is payable on the Notes, the Company shall provide an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee on or
before the record date for each Interest Payment Date such Special Interest is payable setting forth the accrual period and the amount of such Special Interest in reasonable detail. The Trustee may provide a copy of such Officer’s Certificate
or other notice received from the Company relating to Special Interest to any Holder upon request. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives at the Corporate Trust Office such a certificate, the Trustee may assume without
inquiry that no such Special Interest is payable. 
 The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at a rate that is 1% higher than the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
 The Company will
maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the
Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any
such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered
for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency for such
purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with
Section 2.03. 

  
 50 

 Section 4.03 Reports. 
 (a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Trustee (or file with the SEC for public availability), within
the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations: 
 (1) all quarterly and annual reports that
would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such reports, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect
to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and 

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file
such reports. 
 All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations
applicable to such reports. In addition, the Company will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations
applicable to such reports (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and will post the reports on its website within those time periods. 
 If, at any time, the Company is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Company will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the
preceding paragraphs with the SEC within the time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such a filing. The Company will not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the
foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Company’s filings for any reason, the Company will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraphs on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Company were required to file
those reports with the SEC. 
 (b) If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the
quarterly and annual financial information required by paragraph (a) of this Section 4.03 will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the
Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company. 
 (c) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time they are not
required to file with the SEC the reports required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 4.03, the Company and the Guarantors will furnish or make available to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon
their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. Further, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, within 10 business days after furnishing or making available to the Trustee (or
filing with the SEC for public availability) the annual and quarterly reports required by clause (1) of paragraph (a) of this Section 4.03, the Company will hold a conference call to discuss such reports and the results of operations
for the relevant reporting period. 
 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any failure to comply with this
Section 4.03 shall be automatically cured when the Company provides all required reports to the Trustee or the Holders, as applicable, or files all required reports with the SEC. 

  
 51 

 The Trustee shall have no obligation to determine whether or not such information, documents
or reports have been filed with the SEC for public availability. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee hereunder is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive
notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s
Certificates or certificates delivered pursuant to Section 4.04). 
 Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate. 

(a) The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within
90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate signed by the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer that need not comply with Section 12.05 stating that a
review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its
obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not
in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge
and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto). 
 (b) So long as any of the Notes are
outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, promptly upon any Officer obtaining knowledge of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate describing such Default or Event of Default and the status thereof. 

Section 4.05 Taxes. 
 The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 
 The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or
advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may
lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit
the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
 Section 4.07 Restricted Payments. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 

  
 52 

 (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on
account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to
the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than (i) dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock)
of the Company or (ii) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary
other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the Company or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its percentage ownership of the Equity Interests in
such class or series of securities); 
 (2) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire
for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, in each case held by Persons other than the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (3) make any principal payment on or with respect to, or purchase,
repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees (other than the payment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of
(i) intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and (ii) Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity thereof, in
each case due within one year of the date of such payment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, acquisition or retirement); or 
 (4) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”),

 unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: 

(1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence of such
Restricted Payment; 
 (2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma
effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in
Section 4.09(a); and 
 (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other
Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the date of this Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clause (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of
Section 4.07(b)), is less than the sum, without duplication, of: 
 (A) 50% of the cumulative Consolidated
Net Income (excluding any dividends or distributions included in clauses (14)(c) or (15)(c) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”) of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) commencing on the first day
of the fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurs to and ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the date of such calculation for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such

  
 53 

 
Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus 

(B) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds (including the fair market value of property other than cash) received by the
Company after the date of this Indenture as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than any net proceeds or assets received in connection with
the contribution of assets pursuant to the Separation Agreement) or from the issue or sale of Disqualified Stock or debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or
Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company); plus 
 (C) to the extent that any
Restricted Investment that was made after the date of this Indenture is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the lesser of (x) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of
disposition, if any) and (y) the initial amount of such Restricted Investment; plus 
 (D) 50% of the
aggregate net proceeds (including the fair market value of property other than cash) received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any distribution or dividend (other than a return of capital) from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (whether or
not such dividend or distribution is included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income); plus 
 (E) upon
redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the lesser of (x) the fair market value of the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of redesignation and (y) such fair market value as of the
date such Subsidiary was originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 (b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) will
not prohibit: 
 (1) the payment of any dividend or distribution or consummation of any irrevocable redemption
within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of any redemption notice related thereto, if at said date of declaration or notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 

(2) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any subordinated Indebtedness of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Equity Interests of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition shall be
excluded from clause (c)(ii) of Section 4.07(a); 
 (3) the redemption, repurchase, retirement,
defeasance or other acquisition of subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

  
 54 

 (4) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value
of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any member of the Company’s (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’) management pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement, stock
option agreement, employment agreement, severance agreement or other executive compensation arrangement; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed $5.0 million in
any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to subsequent calendar years, commencing with 2013; provided that the aggregate purchase price for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests
shall not exceed $7.5 million in any calendar year); 
 (5) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur
(i) upon the exercise of stock options to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options and (ii) in connection with the withholding of a portion of the Equity Interests granted or awarded
to a director or an employee to pay for the taxes payable by such director or employee upon such grant or award; 

(6) payments to holders of the Company’s capital stock in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of its Capital
Stock; 
 (7) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of Disqualified Stock of
the Company in exchange for Disqualified Stock of the Company that is permitted to be issued as described under Section 4.09; 
 (8) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness in accordance with the provisions similar to those described under Sections 4.10 and 4.14,
provided that all Notes validly tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Net Proceeds Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value; 

(9) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any class or series of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with Section 4.09 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges”; 

(10) Restricted Payments made as part of the Transactions; 

(11) payments or distributions to satisfy dissenters’ rights, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation,
merger or transfer of assets that complies with the provisions of this Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and transfers of all or substantially all the property and assets of the Company; 

(12) the purchase, redemption, acquisition, cancellation or other retirement for a nominal value per right of any rights
granted to all the holders of Common Stock of the Company pursuant to any shareholders’ rights plan adopted for the purpose of protecting shareholders from unfair takeover tactics; provided that any such purchase, redemption, acquisition,
cancellation or other retirement of such rights is not for the purpose of evading the limitations of this Section 4.07 (all as determined in good faith by a senior financial officer of the Company); and 

  
 55 

 (13) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount under this
clause (13) since the Issue Date not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 3.5% of Consolidated Total Assets (determined as of the date of any Restricted Payment pursuant to this clause (13)); 

provided that in the case of clauses (4) and (11), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the
asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. If the fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by
this Section 4.07 exceed $25.0 million, then the fair market value shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee. 

Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or
become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (1) pay
dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed
to the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (2) make loans or advances to the Company
or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
 (3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the
Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 (b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) will not apply to
encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
 (1) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness
and the Bank Credit Facilities as in effect on the date of this Indenture and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements, provided that such amendments,
modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in such
agreements on the Issue Date; 
 (2) this Indenture, the Notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees or any Notes
or Subsidiary Guarantees issued in exchange therefor pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (3)
applicable law, rule, regulation or administrative or court order; 
 (4) any instrument governing Indebtedness
or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred or Capital Stock was issued in connection with or in
contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable 

  
 56 

 
to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; 

(5) customary non-assignment provisions in leases, licenses, contracts and other agreements entered into in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (6) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business
that impose restrictions on the property so acquired of the nature described in clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; 
 (7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary pending
the closing of such sale or other disposition; 
 (8) agreements governing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness,
provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 (9) any agreement creating a Lien securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the
provisions of Section 4.12, to the extent limiting the right of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to dispose of the assets subject to such Lien; 

(10) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements and
other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (11) customary restrictions on a
Receivables Subsidiary and Receivables Program Assets effected in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; 
 (12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(13) in the case of the provision described in Section 4.08(a)(3): (a) that restrict in a customary manner the
subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is a lease, license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset or (b) arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that
do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in any manner material to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof; 

(14) existing under, by reason of or with respect to customary provisions contained in leases or licenses of intellectual
property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (15) existing
under, by reason of or with respect to Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary not prohibited to be incurred under this Indenture; provided that (a) such encumbrances or restrictions are customary for the type of Indebtedness
being incurred and the jurisdiction of the obligor and (b) such encumbrances or restrictions will not affect in any material respect the Company’s or any Guarantor’s ability to make principal and interest payments on the Notes, as
determined in good faith by the Company; 

  
 57 

 (16) agreements governing Indebtedness incurred in compliance with
Section 4.09(b)(4), provided that such encumbrances or restrictions apply only to assets financed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness; and 
 (17) any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or
obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (16) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the
Company, not materially more restrictive as a whole with respect to such encumbrances or restrictions than prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing. 

Section 4.09 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and
will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that the Company and any of the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, and
the Guarantors may issue preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such
additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom) as if the additional
Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 
 (b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 

(1) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness, letters of credit and bankers’
acceptances under Credit Facilities in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding as of any date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have an amount equal to the maximum
potential liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed the greater of: 

(a) the greater of $600.0 million or the Borrowing Base, less (a) the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset
Sales applied by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to repay Indebtedness and permanently reduce commitments under Credit Facilities pursuant to Section 4.10 and (b) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to
Section 4.09(b)(15) outstanding as of the date of any incurrence pursuant to this clause (1); or 
 (b)
$350.0 million; 
 (2) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness;

  
 58 

 (3) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness
represented by the Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees to be issued on the Issue Date and any Notes or Subsidiary Guarantees issued in exchange thereof pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(4) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease
Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding, as of the date of incurrence of any Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (4), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund,
refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed the greater of $35.0 million and 1.25% of Consolidated Total Assets (determined as of the date of incurrence); 

(5) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange
for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace, Indebtedness incurred under clauses (2), (3) or (4) above, this clause (5), clauses (13), (14) or (16) below or pursuant to
Section 4.09(a); 
 (6) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness
owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that: 
 (A) if the Company or any
Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such
Guarantor, in the case of a Guarantor; and 
 (B) (1) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity
Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof and (2) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary thereof shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6); 

(7) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations that are
not entered into for the purpose of speculation; provided that in the case of Hedging Obligations relating to interest rates, (a) such Hedging Obligations relate to payment obligations on Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred by this
Section 4.09 and (b) the notional principal amount of such Hedging Obligations at the time incurred does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness to which such Hedging Obligations relate; 

(8) the Guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09 and could have been incurred (in compliance with this Section 4.09) by the Person so Guaranteeing such Indebtedness; 

(9) the incurrence of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or
similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of incurrence;

  
 59 

 (10) the incurrence of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in respect of security for workers’ compensation claims, payment obligations in connection with self-insurance, performance, surety and similar bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; provided that the underlying obligation to perform is that of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and not that of the Company’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided further that such
underlying obligation is not in respect of borrowed money; 
 (11) the incurrence of Indebtedness that may be
deemed to arise as a result of agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-out or similar Obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with
the disposition of any business or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (a) any amount of such Obligations included on the face of the balance sheet of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be permitted under this clause (11) and (b) the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Obligations outstanding under this clause (11) shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually
received by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; 
 (12) Indebtedness
incurred under commercial letters of credit issued for the account of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business (and not for the purpose of, directly or indirectly, incurring Indebtedness or providing
credit support or a similar arrangement in respect of Indebtedness); or Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under letters of credit and bank guarantees backstopped by letters of credit under the Credit Facilities;

 (13) the incurrence by any Foreign Subsidiary of Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted
value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, as of the date of incurrence of any Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (13), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred
pursuant to this clause (13), not to exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 1.75% of Consolidated Total Assets (determined as of the date of incurrence); 
 (14) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Attributable Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding, as of the date of incurrence of any
Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (14), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (14), not to exceed the greater of $35.0 million and
1.25% of Consolidated Total Assets (determined as of the date of incurrence); 
 (15) Indebtedness in respect of
Receivables Program Obligations; 
 (16) the incurrence of Acquired Debt or other Indebtedness incurred in
connection with, or in contemplation of, an acquisition (including by way of merger or consolidation) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that after giving pro forma effect to such acquisition, either (a) the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or (b) the Company would have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately following such acquisition and
incurrence that is equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition and incurrence; 

  
 60 

 (17) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company to the extent that the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease, redeem or to satisfy and discharge the Notes; 
 (18) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consisting of obligations to pay insurance premiums or take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements incurred in the
ordinary course of business; 
 (19) Indebtedness in respect of overdraft facilities, employee credit card
programs and other cash management arrangements in the ordinary course of business; 
 (20) Indebtedness
representing deferred compensation to employees of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (21) cash management obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections and similar arrangements in each case in connection with
deposit accounts; 
 (22) the Ralcorp Obligations; and 

(23) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate
principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, as of the date of incurrence of any Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (23), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or
replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (23), not to exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 1.75% of Consolidated Total Assets (determined as of the date of incurrence). 

The Company will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is contractually
subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or of such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in the right of payment to the Notes and the applicable Subsidiary
Guarantee on substantially the same terms. For purposes of the foregoing, no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor solely by virtue of being
unsecured or secured by a junior priority Lien or by virtue of the fact that the holders of such Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor agreements or other arrangements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the
collateral held by them, including intercreditor agreements that contain customary provisions requiring turnover by holders of junior priority Liens of proceeds of collateral in the event that the security interests in favor of the holders of the
senior priority in such intended collateral are not perfected or invalidated and similar customary provisions protecting the holders of senior priority Liens. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in
clauses (1) through (23) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a), the Company will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence (or later reclassify such Indebtedness in
whole or in part) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. In addition, the accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness
with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be treated as an incurrence of Indebtedness; provided, in each such case, that the
amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of the Company as accrued. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Indebtedness 

  
 61 

 
outstanding pursuant to the Bank Credit Facilities on the date of this Indenture will be deemed to have been incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Debt.”

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09
shall not be deemed to be exceeded with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness where the Indebtedness incurred, or any Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to the
clause or clauses of the definition of Permitted Debt under which such Indebtedness is being incurred, is denominated in a different currency, the amount of any such Indebtedness being incurred and such outstanding Indebtedness, if any, will in each
case be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined on the date any such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed or first incurred (whichever yields the lower U.S. Dollar Equivalent), in the case of
revolving credit Indebtedness, which U.S. Dollar Equivalent will be reduced by any repayment on such Indebtedness in proportion to the reduction in principal amount; provided, however, that if any such Indebtedness denominated in
a different currency is subject to a Currency Protection Agreement with respect to U.S. dollars covering all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness expressed in U.S. dollars will be as
provided in such Currency Protection Agreement. The principal amount of any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in the same currency as the Indebtedness being refinanced will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the Indebtedness refinanced,
except to the extent that (1) such U.S. Dollar Equivalent was determined based on a Currency Protection Agreement, in which case the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness will be determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, and
(2) if the principal amount of the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness exceeds the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced, the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of such excess, as appropriate, will be determined on the date such
Permitted Refinancing Debt is incurred. 
 Section 4.10 Asset Sales. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

 (1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of such
Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (measured as of the date of the definitive agreement with respect to such Asset Sale) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of, as approved in good faith by the
Company’s Board of Directors; and 
 (2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents. For purposes of this provision only (and specifically not for the purposes of the definition of “Net Proceeds”), each of the following shall be deemed to be
cash: 
 (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent
balance sheet) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets;

 (B) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from
such transferee that within 180 days are converted by the 

  
 62 

 
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received in that conversion); 
 (C) the fair market value of (x) any assets (other than securities or current assets) received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that will be used or useful in a Related Business,
(y) Equity Interests in a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary or in a Person engaged in a Related Business that shall become a Restricted Subsidiary immediately upon the acquisition of such Equity Interests by the Company or the applicable
Restricted Subsidiary or (z) a combination of (x) and (y); provided that the determination of the fair market value of assets or Equity Interests in excess of $50.0 million received in any transaction or series of related
transactions shall be evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and 
 (D) any
Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause
(D) since the Issue Date that is at the time outstanding, not to exceed 2.25% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash
Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value. 
 (b) Within
360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply an amount equal to the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale: 

(1) to repay, prepay, redeem or repurchase Indebtedness (other than securities) under Credit Facilities and, if such
Indebtedness is revolving credit Indebtedness, effect a permanent reduction in the availability under such revolving credit facility (or effect a permanent reduction in the availability under such revolving credit facility regardless of the fact
that no prepayment is required in order to do so (in which case no prepayment shall be required)); 
 (2) to
acquire Equity Interests in a Person that is engaged in a Related Business that shall become a Restricted Subsidiary immediately upon the acquisition of such Equity Interests by the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary; 

(3) to make capital expenditures constituting or with respect to long-term assets of the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary engaged in a Related Business; 
 (4) to acquire other assets (other than securities or current
assets) that will be used or useful in a Related Business; or 
 (5) a combination of prepayments and investments
permitted by the foregoing clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4); 
 provided that the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries will be deemed to have applied such Net Proceeds pursuant to clause (2) or (4) of this Section 4.10(b), as applicable, if and to the extent that, within 360 days after the Asset Sale that generated the Net Proceeds,
the Company has entered into and not abandoned or rejected a binding agreement to consummate any reinvestment described in clause (2) or (4) of this paragraph, and such reinvestment is thereafter completed within 180 days after the
end of such 360-day period. 

  
 63 

 (c) Pending the final application of such Net Proceeds, the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce borrowings under the Credit Facilities or any other revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. Subject to
Section 4.10(e), on the 361st day (as extended
pursuant to the provisions in the preceding paragraph) after an Asset Sale or such earlier date, if any, as the Board of Directors of the Company or of such Restricted Subsidiary determines not to apply the Net Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale
as set forth in clause (1), (2), (3), (4) or (5) of Section 4.10(b) (each, a “Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date”), such aggregate amount of Net Proceeds which have not been applied on or before such Net Proceeds
Offer Trigger Date as permitted in clauses (1), (2), (3), (4) or (5) of Section 4.10(b) (each a “Net Proceeds Offer Amount”) shall be applied by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to make an offer to
purchase (the “Net Proceeds Offer”) on a date (the “Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date”) not less than 30 nor more than 60 days following the applicable Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, from all Holders (and, if
required by the terms of any other Indebtedness of the Company ranking pari passu with the Notes in right of payment and which has similar provisions requiring the Company either to make an offer to repurchase or to otherwise repurchase, redeem or
repay such Indebtedness with the proceeds from Asset Sales (the “Pari Passu Indebtedness”), from the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness) on a pro rata basis (in proportion to the respective principal amounts or accreted
value, as the case may be, of the Notes and any such Pari Passu Indebtedness) an aggregate principal amount of Notes (plus, if applicable, an aggregate principal amount or accreted value, as the case may be, of Pari Passu Indebtedness) equal to the
Net Proceeds Offer Amount. The offer price in any Net Proceeds Offer shall be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes (or 100% of the principal amount or accreted value, as the case may be, of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), plus accrued
and unpaid interest thereon and Special Interest, if any, to the Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date. 
 (d) Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if at any time any non-cash consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in connection with any Asset Sale is converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest
received with respect to any such non-cash consideration), then such conversion or disposition shall be deemed to constitute an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with Section 4.10. 

(e) The Company may defer the Net Proceeds Offer until there is an aggregate unutilized Net Proceeds Offer Amount equal to or in excess
of $40.0 million resulting from one or more Asset Sales (at which time the entire unutilized Net Proceeds Offer Amount, and not just the amount in excess of $40.0 million, shall be applied as required pursuant to Section 4.10, and in which case
the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date shall be deemed to be the earliest date that the Net Proceeds Offer Amount is equal to or in excess of $40.0 million). 
 (f) Each Net Proceeds Offer will be sent to the record Holders as shown on the register of Holders within 25 days following the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, with a copy to the Trustee, and shall
comply with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09. Upon receiving notice of the Net Proceeds Offer, Holders may elect to tender their Notes in whole or in part in minimum denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof in exchange for cash. To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of Notes (plus, if applicable, the aggregate principal amount or accreted value, as the case may be, of Pari Passu Indebtedness) validly tendered by the Holders thereof
and not withdrawn exceeds the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, Notes of tendering Holders (and, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered by the holders thereof) will be purchased on a pro rata basis (based on the principal amount of the Notes and,
if applicable, the principal amount or accreted value, as the case may be, of any such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered and not withdrawn). To the extent that the aggregate amount of the Notes (plus, if applicable, the aggregate principal amount or
accreted value, as the case may be, of any Pari Passu Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer is less than the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the Company may use such excess Net Proceeds Offer Amount for general corporate purposes

  
 64 

 
or for any other purpose not prohibited by this Indenture. Upon completion of any such Net Proceeds Offer, the Net Proceeds Offer Amount shall be reset at zero. A Net Proceeds Offer shall remain
open for a period of 20 Business Days or such longer period as may be required by applicable law. 
 (g) The Company or the
applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in
connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Section 3.09 or this Section 4.10, the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 or this Section 4.10 by virtue of such compliance. 

Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or
assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
(each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless: 
 (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction
at such time by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person who is not an Affiliate of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; and 
 (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee: 
 (A) with respect to any
Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.11;

 (B) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate
consideration in excess of $20.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.11 and that such Affiliate Transaction has been
approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors; and 
 (C) with respect to any
Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $40.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a
financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing. 
 (b) The following
items shall not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, shall not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a): 
 (1) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries or exclusively between or among such Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  
 65 

 (2) Permitted Investments and Restricted Payments that are permitted by
Section 4.07; 
 (3) reasonable fees and compensation paid to (including issuances and grants of Equity
Interests of the Company, employment agreements and stock option and ownership plans for the benefit of), and indemnity and insurance provided on behalf of, current, former or future officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 
 (4) transactions pursuant to any agreement in
effect on the Issue Date and disclosed in this offering memorandum (including by incorporation by reference), as in effect on the Issue Date or as thereafter amended or replaced in any manner, that, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to
the Holders or the Company in any material respect than such agreement as it was in effect on the Issue Date; 

(5) loans or advances to employees and officers of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted by
clause (8) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”; 
 (6) any transaction with a Person
(other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because the Company, directly or through any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Person; provided that
no Affiliate of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall have a beneficial interest in such Person; 
 (7) any service, purchase, lease, supply or similar agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, pursuant to any joint venture agreement) between the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Affiliate that is a customer, client, supplier, purchaser or seller of goods or services, so long as the Company determines in good faith that any such agreement is on terms not materially less favorable to the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that could be obtained in a comparable arms’-length transaction with an entity that is not an Affiliate; 
 (8) the issuance and sale of Qualified Capital Stock; 
 (9) any
transaction effected in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; 
 (10) pledges of equity interests
of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 
 (11) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries of their obligations under the terms of, any customary registration rights agreement to which they are a party or become a party in the future; 

(12) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee
a letter from an independent financial advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of Section 4.11(a)(1); 

(13) any contribution to the common equity capital of the Company; and 

  
 66 

 (14) the Transactions, all transactions in connection therewith (including
but not limited to the financing thereof), and all fees and expenses paid or payable in connection with the Transactions. 
 Section
4.12 Liens. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness or trade payables on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired or on any income or profits therefrom other than, in each case,
Permitted Liens, unless the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees, as applicable, are: 
 (1) in the case of any
Lien securing an Obligation that ranks pari passu with the Notes or a Subsidiary Guarantee, effective provision is made to secure the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be, at least equally and ratably with or prior to such
Obligation with a Lien on the same properties or assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; and 
 (2) in the case of any Lien securing an Obligation that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a Subsidiary Guarantee, effective provision is made to secure the Notes or such Subsidiary
Guarantee, as the case may be, with a Lien on the same properties or assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that is prior to the Lien securing such subordinated obligation. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Lien securing the Notes granted pursuant to this Section 4.12 shall be automatically and
unconditionally released and discharged upon (a) the release by the holders of the Indebtedness described above of their Lien on the property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including any deemed release upon payment in
full of all obligations under such Indebtedness, except payment in full made with the proceeds from the foreclosure, sale or other realization from an enforcement on the collateral by the holders of the Indebtedness described above of their Lien),
(b) any sale, exchange or transfer to any Person other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the property or assets secured by such Lien, or of all of the Capital Stock held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in, or all or
substantially all the assets of, any Restricted Subsidiary creating such Lien in each case in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, (c) payment in full of the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes, or
(d) a defeasance or discharge of the Notes in accordance with Section 8 or Section 11. 
 Section 4.13 Corporate
Existence. 
 Subject to Article 5, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in
full force and effect: 
 (1) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each
of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and 

(2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided,
however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation
thereof is no longer 

  
 67 

 
desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

 Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, the Company will make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder of Notes,
pursuant to which each such Holder will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. In the
Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer a payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any (the “Change of Control Payment”).
Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will send a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the
date specified in such notice (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), pursuant to the procedures required by Section 4.14(b) and described in such notice. The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under
the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of
any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Section 4.14, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations
under this Section 4.14 by virtue of such compliance. 
 (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to
the extent lawful: 
 (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the
Change of Control Offer; 
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in
respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and 
 (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee
the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company. 
 The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by
book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in
excess thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
 (c) The provisions of Section 4.14(a) that require the Company to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable regardless of whether or not any other provisions of
this Indenture are applicable. 
 (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.14, the Company will not
be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 and
purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer or (2) a notice of redemption has been given prior to the Change of Control pursuant to Section 3.07 unless and until there is a default in payment
of the applicable redemption price. 

  
 68 

 (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may
be made in advance of a Change of Control and conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement with respect to the Change of Control is in place at the time the Change of Control Offer is made. 

Section 4.15 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. 
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction unless: 

(1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to: 

(a) incur Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Indebtedness with respect to such Sale and Leaseback
Transaction under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test in Section 4.09(a). 
 (b) create a Lien on such
property securing such Attributable Indebtedness without also securing the Notes or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.12. 
 (2) the gross cash proceeds of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction are at least equal to the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and set forth in an
Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, of the property that is the subject of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction; and 
 (3) such Sale and Leaseback Transaction is effected in compliance with Section 4.10. 
 Clause 4.15(1)(a) above shall not apply during any Suspension Period. 
 Section 4.16
Additional Subsidiary Guarantees. 
 If, after the date of this Indenture, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
acquires or creates another Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary), then that newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiary will become a Guarantor and, within 20 Business Days of the date on which it was acquired or created, the
Company shall cause such Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (1) execute and deliver to the Trustee (a) a
supplemental indenture substantially in the form attached as Exhibit F hereto pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall unconditionally Guarantee all of it the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture, (b) a
notation of Guarantee in respect of its Subsidiary Guarantee and (c) a joinder to the Registration Rights Agreement, if applicable; and 
 (2) deliver to the Trustee one or more Opinions of Counsel that such supplemental indenture (a) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Restricted Subsidiary and (b) constitutes
a valid and legally binding obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with its terms. 
 Section 4.17 Designation of
Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
 The Board of Directors may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” if the designation would not cause a 

  
 69 

 
Default. All outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the designated Unrestricted Subsidiary will be treated as an Investment made at the time of the
designation and will either reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a) or be a Permitted Investment, as applicable. The amount of all such outstanding Investments will be the aggregate fair market value of such
Investments at the time of the designation. The designation will not be permitted if such Investment would not be permitted as a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment at that time and if such Restricted Subsidiary does not otherwise meet the
definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such
designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions and the conditions set forth in the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and was permitted by Section 4.07.

 If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet any of the requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it
shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not
permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09, the Company shall be in default of such Section 4.09. 

The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided
that such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if (1) such
Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following
such designation. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Subsidiary of the Company shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary
during any Suspension Period. 
 Section 4.18 Changes in Covenants when Notes are Rated Investment Grade. 

If on any date following the Issue Date: 
 (a) the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from both Rating Agencies; and 
 (b)
no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, 
 then beginning on that day and subject to
the provisions of the following paragraph, the sections specifically listed below will be suspended with respect to the Notes: 
 (1) Section 4.10 (Asset Sales); 
 (2) Section 4.07
(Restricted Payments); 
 (3) Section 4.09 (Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock);

 (4) Clause (a)(3) of Section 5.01 (Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets); 

(5) Section 4.08 (Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries); and 

  
 70 

 (6) Section 4.11 (Transactions with Affiliates) 

(collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). The period during which covenants are suspended pursuant to this
Section 4.18 is called the “Suspension Period.” The Company will notify the Trustee of the continuance and termination of any Suspension Period. 
 In the event that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of this Section 4.18 and, subsequently, one of the Rating
Agencies withdraws its ratings or downgrades the rating assigned to the Notes so that the Notes no longer have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies or a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Company and the
Restricted Subsidiaries will from such time and thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants and compliance with the Suspended Covenants with respect to Restricted Payments made after the time of such withdrawal, Default or Event of
Default will be calculated in accordance with Section 4.07 and Section 4.09 as though such Sections had been in effect during the entire period of time from the Issue Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing and any other provision of this
Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Company or any
of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall bear any liability with respect to the Suspended Covenants for, (a) any actions taken or events occurring during a Suspension Period (including without limitation any agreements, Liens, preferred stock,
obligations (including Indebtedness), or of any other facts or circumstances or obligations that were incurred or otherwise came into existence during a Suspension Period) or (b) any actions required to be taken at any time pursuant to any
contractual obligation entered into during a Suspension Period, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period. 

ARTICLE 5 

SUCCESSORS 
 Section
5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets. 
 (a) The Company will not, directly or indirectly, in a single transaction
or series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets (determined on a consolidated basis) to any
Person or group of affiliated Persons, or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to enter into any such transaction or transactions if such transaction or transactions, in the aggregate, would result in sale, assignment transfer, lease,
conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any other Person or group of Persons unless: 

(1) either: 
 (A) the Company shall be the surviving or continuing corporation or 

(B) the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such
sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made (the “Surviving Entity”) is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership (including a limited partnership) or trust organized or existing under the
laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia (provided that if such Person is not a corporation, (i) a corporate Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person organized or existing under the laws

  
 71 

 
of the United States, any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia, or (ii) a corporation of which such Person is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary organized or existing
under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia, is a co-issuer of the Notes or becomes a co-issuer of the Notes in connection therewith); 

(2) the Surviving Entity, if applicable expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture (in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee), executed and delivered to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, on all of the Notes and the performance of every covenant of the Notes,
this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement on the part of the Company to be performed or observed; 

(3) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction or series of transactions and the assumption
contemplated by clause (2) above (including giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Debt, in each case, incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction), the Company or the Surviving Entity, as
the case may be, shall be (a) able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Debt) pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or (b) have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio that is equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition; provided, however, that this clause (3) shall not apply during any Suspension Period; 

(4) immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions and the assumption contemplated by
clause (2) above (including, without limitation, giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Debt, in each case, incurred or anticipated to be incurred and any Lien granted in connection with or in respect of such transaction), no Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and 
 (5) the Company or the Surviving Entity, as the
case may be, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition and, if a supplemental
indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture, complies with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied.

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, merger of the Company with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating
the Company in another jurisdiction shall be permitted without regard to clause (3) of the immediately preceding paragraph. For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series
of transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company, shall be
deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company. 
 (b) Each Guarantor will
not, and the Company will not cause or permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any Person other than the Company or any other Guarantor unless:

 (1) if the Guarantor was a corporation or limited liability company under the laws of the United States, any
State thereof or the District of Columbia, the entity formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guarantor) is a corporation or limited liability 

  
 72 

 
company organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia; 

(2) such entity assumes by supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee;

 (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing; 
 (4) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the use of any net proceeds
therefrom on a pro forma basis, the Company could satisfy the provisions of clause (a)(3) of this Section 5.01; provided, however, that this clause (4) shall not apply during any Suspension Period; and 

(5) the Guarantor or the Surviving Entity, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such
supplemental indenture, complies with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirements of the immediately preceding paragraph will not apply to any transaction pursuant to
which such Guarantor is automatically released from its Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the provisions described under Section 10.04. 
 Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted 
 (a) Upon any
consolidation or merger of the Company or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01(a) in which the Company is not the
continuing corporation, the Surviving Entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and
may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such Surviving Entity had been named as such and the Company shall be released from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes;
provided, however, that the Company shall not be released from its obligations under this Indenture or the Notes in the case of a lease. 
 (b) Upon any consolidation or merger of any Guarantor with or into any Person other than the Company or any other Guarantor in accordance with Section 5.01(b) and upon the assumption by the successor
Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Subsidiary Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this
Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. All the Subsidiary Guarantees so issued will in all respects
have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Subsidiary Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Subsidiary Guarantees had been issued at the date of the
execution hereof. 

  
 73 

 ARTICLE 6 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 Section 6.01 Events of Default.

 Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 

(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest and Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes; 

(2) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any,
on the Notes (including default in payment when due in connection with the purchase of Notes tendered pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or Net Proceeds Offer on the date specified for such payment in the applicable offer to purchase);

 (3) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions of
Section 5.01, for a period of 30 days after the Company receives written notice specifying the default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders (with a copy to the Trustee) of at least 25% of the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes; 
 (4) default in the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement
contained in this Indenture or the Notes, which default continues for a period of 60 days after the Company receives written notice specifying the default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders (with a copy to
the Trustee) of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes; 
 (5) default under any mortgage,
indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, if that default: 
 (A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on, if any, such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such
default (a “Payment Default”); or 
 (B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior
to its express maturity, 
 and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount
of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $35.0 million or more; 
 (6) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay non-appealable final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $35.0 million
(excluding amounts covered by insurance or bonded), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed, for a period of more than 60 days after such judgments have become final and non-appealable and, in the event such judgment is covered by
insurance, an 

  
 74 

 
enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; 

(7) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be
unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its Obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee if, and only if, in each
such case, such default continues for 10 days; 
 (8) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a
Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 

(A) commences a voluntary case, 
 (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 
 (C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, 
 (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 

(E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or 

(9) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(A) is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group
of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 
 (B) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute
a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or 
 (C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 

Section 6.02 Acceleration. 
 If an Event of Default specified in clause (8) or (9) of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, then all unpaid principal of, premium, if any, accrued and unpaid interest and Special
Interest, if any, on all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate

  
 75 

 
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all amounts owing under the Notes to be due and payable immediately by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee, if given
by Holders) specifying the Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration.” 
 Upon any such declaration,
the aggregate principal of, accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the outstanding Notes shall become immediately due and payable. 
 The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders of all the Notes, rescind an acceleration and
its consequences hereunder: 
 (1) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree; 

(2) if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest or Special
Interest, if any, on the Notes that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived; 
 (3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has
been paid; and 
 (4) if the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee
for its expenses, disbursements and advances. 
 Section 6.03 Other Remedies. 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of,
premium on, if any, or interest or Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in
exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults. 
 The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event
of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest or Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to
purchase); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such
acceleration pursuant to Section 6.02. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend
to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 

  
 76 

 Section 6.05 Control by Majority. 

Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be
unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not any such directions are unduly prejudicial to such Holders) or that may involve the
Trustee in personal liability. The Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. 
 Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits. 
 No Holder of a Note may pursue any
remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 
 (1) such Holder has previously given to the Trustee
written notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 
 (2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (3) such
Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee does not comply with such request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 

(5) during such 60-day period, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not
give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request. 
 A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the
rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note. 
 Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of
Notes to Receive Payment. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to
receive payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest or Special Interest, if any, on, the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the
enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. 
 If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the
Company or the Guarantors for the whole amount of principal of, premium on, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further
amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 

  
 77 

 Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the
claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company or the
Guarantors (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any
such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for
the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements
and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall
be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.
Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any
Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
 Section 6.10 Priorities.

 After an Event of Default, any moneys or properties distributable in respect of the Company’s or any Guarantor’s
obligations under this Indenture, or any money or property collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 6, shall be paid out or distributed in the following order: 

First: to the Trustee (including any predecessor Trustee), its agents and attorneys for amounts due under
Section 7.07, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 

Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest
and Special Interest, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, respectively; and 

Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. 

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. 
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the
filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due
regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party 

  
 78 

 
litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee. 

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual notice, the Trustee
will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own
affairs. 
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not
they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein. 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 

(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 

(2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is
proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
 (3) the Trustee will not be
liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05. 
 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01.

 (e) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The
Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or
expense. 
 (f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in
writing with the Company. Money and other property held in trust by the Trustee 

  
 79 

 
need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers or duties
hereunder. 
 Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated
in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an
Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of
such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent
appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it
believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) Unless otherwise
specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board
Resolution. 
 (f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this
Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such
request or direction. 
 (g) The permissive right of the Trustee to do things enumerated in the Indenture shall not be construed
as a duty of the Trustee, and the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be within the discretion or power conferred upon it by the Indenture other than for its
own negligence or willful misconduct. 
 (h) The Trustee shall not be required to take notice or be deemed to have notice of any
Default or Event of Default hereunder unless a Responsible Officer has actual knowledge thereof, or the Trustee shall be specifically notified in writing of such Default or Event of Default by the Company or by the Holders of at least 25% of the
aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including without limitation its right to be compensated, reimbursed, and indemnified, are extended to, and shall be
enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each Agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 
 (j) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its
control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil 

  
 80 

 
or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services.

 (k) The Trustee may request that the Company and the Guarantors deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names
of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture. 
 (l) In
no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit), irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of
the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 
 (m) The Trustee will not be bound to make any
investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness, or other paper or document, but
the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it will be entitled to examine the books,
records, and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. 
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if
it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest within the meaning of TIA Section 310(b), it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee (if
this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11. 
 Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. 
 The Trustee will not be
responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes or Subsidiary Guarantees, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the
Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any
statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or Subsidiary Guarantees or in the Offering Memorandum or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of
authentication. 
 Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. 
 If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it
occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest or Special Interest, if any, on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible
Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 

  
 81 

 Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 

(a) Within 60 days after each January 15 beginning with the January 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as
Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA §313(a) (but if no event described in TIA §313(a) has occurred within the twelve months
preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also will comply with TIA §313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA §313(c). 

(b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes will be mailed by the Trustee to the Company and filed by
the Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA §313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange. 

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. 
 (a) The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any
law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such
expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
 (b)
The Company and the Guarantors will jointly and severally indemnify the Trustee and its directors, officers, agents and employees against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses, incurred
by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07)
and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its rights, powers or duties hereunder, except to the
extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the
Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company
will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. 

(c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee
and the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 (d) To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment
obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal of, premium on, if any, or interest or Special Interest, if
any, on, particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 (e) When the Trustee
incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(8) or (9) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to
constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 

  
 82 

 (f) “Trustee” for the purposes of this Section 7.07 shall include any
predecessor Trustee and the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and each agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder; provided, however, that the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of any Trustee
hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other Trustee hereunder. 
 Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. 

(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor
Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. 
 (b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any
time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing.
The Company may remove the Trustee if: 
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10; 

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under
any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly
appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed
by the Company. 
 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is
removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with
Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 (f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become
effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will send a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property
held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this
Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

  
 83 

 Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another
corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee. 
 Section 7.10 Eligibility;
Disqualification. 
 There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under
the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital
and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
 This Indenture
will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA §310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA §310(b). There shall be excluded from the operation of TIA Section 310(b)(i) any indenture or
indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company or any of the Guarantors are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA Section 310(b)(i) are met.

 Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. 

The Trustee is subject to TIA §311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA §311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or
been removed shall be subject to TIA §311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
 ARTICLE 8 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 The
Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set
forth in Section 8.04, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Subsidiary Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal
Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Subsidiary Guarantees), which
will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under
such Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until
otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 

  
 84 

 (1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in
respect of the principal of, premium on, if any, or interest or Special Interest, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04; 

(2) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes,
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust under Article 2 and Section 4.02; 

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and the
Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and 
 (4) this Article 8. 

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior
exercise of its option under Section 8.03. 
 Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance. 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each of the
Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17 and
4.18 and clause (3) of Section 5.01 with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will
thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed
“outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and
Subsidiary Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference
elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01,
but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this
Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, Sections 6.01(3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) will not constitute Events of Default. 
 Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 
 In order to
exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03: 
 (1) the
Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient (without consideration of
any reinvestment of interest), in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Special Interest, if
any, on, the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the 

  
 85 

 
applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; 

(2) in the case of an election under Section 8.02, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that: 
 (A) the Company has received from, or there has
been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 
 (B) since the Issue Date, there has been a change
in the applicable federal income tax law, 
 in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall
confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at
the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (3) in the case of an
election under Section 8.03, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal
income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default
or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit); 
 (5) such Legal
Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under this Indenture or any material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries is bound (other than any such default under this Indenture resulting solely from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit; 
 (6) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors
of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others; and 
 (7) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance
have been complied with. 
 Section 8.05 Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions. 
 Subject to Section 8.06, all money and non-callable U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds
thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and
applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the 

  
 86 

 
payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due
thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or
non-callable U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding
Notes. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time
to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written
certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance. 
 Section 8.06 Repayment to Company. 
 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, or interest or Special Interest, if any, on, any
Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest or Special Interest, if any, has become due and payable shall, subject to applicable abandoned property law, be paid to the Company on its request or (if
then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust
money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be
published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or
publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. 
 Section 8.07 Reinstatement. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with
Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations
under this Indenture and the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such
money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest or Special Interest, if any, on, any Note following the
reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

  
 87 

 ARTICLE 9 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
 Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

 Notwithstanding Section 9.02, without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may
amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees: 
 (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect
or inconsistency; 
 (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

 (3) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of
the Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s assets; 
 (4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder in any material respect;

 (5) to add any Person as a Guarantor; 

(6) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the
TIA; 
 (7) to remove a Guarantor which, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, ceases to be liable in
respect of its Subsidiary Guarantee; 
 (8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment under this
Indenture by a successor Trustee; 
 (9) to secure all of the Notes; 

(10) to add to the covenants of the Company or any Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or
power conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor; 
 (11) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes, the
Subsidiary Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of
this Indenture, the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees; 
 (12) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in
accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture; or 
 (13) to comply with the provisions of DTC or
the Trustee with respect to Article II of this Indenture. 
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its
Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 7.02 and 9.06, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the
execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the 

  
 88 

 
terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or
supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
 Section 9.02 With Consent of
Holders of Notes. 
 Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may
amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14) and the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject
to Sections 6.04 and 6.07, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, or interest or Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes, except a payment default
resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes).
Section 2.08 shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02. 
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of
evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 7.02 and Section 9.06, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in
the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its
discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture. 
 It is not necessary for the
consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will mail to the Holders of Notes
affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental
indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of
this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

 (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
including the waiver of Defaults or Events of Default, or to a rescission and cancellation of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes; 
 (2) reduce the rate of or change or have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note; 

  
 89 

 (3) reduce the principal of or change or have the effect of changing the
fixed maturity of any Note or alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14); 

(4) make any Notes payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 

(5) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of
Notes to receive payments of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest or Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment; 

(6) change the price payable by the Company for Notes repurchased pursuant to the provisions described in Sections 3.09,
4.10 and 4.14 or after the occurrence of a Change of Control, modify or change in any material respect the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer or modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect
thereto; 
 (7) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or
interest or Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted
from such acceleration following delivery of an acceleration notice as described in Section 6.02); 
 (8)
release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or 
 (9) contractually subordinate the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees to any other Indebtedness; or 
 (10) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions. 
 Section 9.03
Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in
an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect. 
 Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents.

 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by
the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or
subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in
accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 
 Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company
in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee 

  
 90 

 
shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 
 The Trustee will sign any
amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental
indenture until the Board of Directors of the Company has authorized or approved it, or delegated authority to authorize or approve it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to
Section 7.01) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is
authorized or permitted by this Indenture, and that it will be valid and binding upon the Company and the Guarantors in accordance with its terms. 
 ARTICLE 10 
 SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES 

Section 10.01 Guarantee. 

(a) Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: 

(1) the principal of, premium on, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes will be promptly paid
in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium on, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes, if lawful, and all other obligations of the
Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and 

(2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will
be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. 
 Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each
Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 
 (b) The Guarantors hereby agree that
their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to
any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor
hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a 

  
 91 

 
proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Subsidiary Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the
obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise
to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Subsidiary Guarantee,
to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect. 
 (d) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not
be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one
hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of this Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or
other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6, such obligations (whether or not due and
payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Subsidiary Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not
impair the rights of the Holders under the Subsidiary Guarantee. 
 Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the
Subsidiary Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent
applicable to any Subsidiary Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving
effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf
of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 

Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee. 
 To evidence its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto will
be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers. 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 will remain in full force and effect
notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee. 
 If an Officer whose signature is
on this Indenture or on the Subsidiary Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Subsidiary Guarantee is endorsed, the Subsidiary Guarantee will be valid nevertheless. 

  
 92 

 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will
constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 
 In the event
that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries creates or acquires any Domestic Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, if required by Section 4.16, the Company will cause such Domestic Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of
Section 4.16 and this Article 10, to the extent applicable. 
 Section 10.04 Releases. 

(a) Upon any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor (including by way of merger or
consolidation), in accordance with this Indenture, to any Person who is not (either before or after giving effect to the transaction) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, then such Guarantor will be automatically released and relieved of any
obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; 
 (b) If any Guarantor ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary and such Guarantor is
not otherwise required to provide a Subsidiary Guarantee of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.16, such Guarantor will be automatically released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. 

provided, in both cases, that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this
Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10. 
 (c) If any Guarantor merges with and into the Company, with the
Company surviving such merger, such Guarantor will be automatically released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. 
 (d) if any Guarantor is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with this Indenture or otherwise ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary (including by way of liquidation or dissolution) in a
transaction permitted by this Indenture, such Guarantor will be automatically released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. 
 (e) Upon Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance in accordance with Article 8 or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 11, each Guarantor will be automatically released
and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. 
 The Company will notify the Trustee if any Guarantor is
released from its Subsidiary Guarantee. Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee as provided in this Section 10.04 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of, premium on, if any, and interest
and Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to
the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required in order to
evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. 

  
 93 

 ARTICLE 11 
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 
 Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge. 

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when: 

(1) either: 
 (a) all Notes that have been authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated
and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from their trust as provided in this Indenture) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 

(b) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the
sending of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year; and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee
as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment
bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness (including all principal, accrued and unpaid interest, and
Special Interest, if any) on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

 (2) in respect of subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 11.01, no Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any similar deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case,
the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any
Guarantor is bound (other than with respect to the borrowing of funds to be applied concurrently to make the deposit required to effect such satisfaction and discharge and any similar concurrent deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and in each
case the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings); 
 (3) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to
be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 
 (4) the Company has delivered irrevocable
instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be. 
 In addition, the Company must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

  
 94 

 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been
deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Sections 11.02 and 8.06 will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01 will be deemed to discharge those
provisions of Section 7.07, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 Section 11.02 Application
of Trust Money. 
 Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to
Section 11.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the
Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal, premium, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other
funds except to the extent required by law. 
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government
Obligations in accordance with Section 11.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and
any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium
on, if any, or interest or Special Interest, if any, on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government
Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 12 

MISCELLANEOUS 
 Section 12.01
Trust Indenture Act Controls. 
 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed
by TIA §318(c), the imposed duties will control, and shall apply to this Indenture as if this Indenture at the time of such application were qualified under the TIA, regardless of whether or not then so qualified. 

Section 12.02 Notices. 

Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person
or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 

If to the Company and/or any Guarantor: 
 Post Holdings, Inc. 
 2503 S. Hanley Road 

St. Louis, MO 63144 
 Facsimile No.: (314) 646-3367 
 Attention: Diedre Gray 

  
 95 

 With a copy to: 
 Bryan Cave LLP 
 211 N. Broadway, Suite 3600 

St. Louis, MO 63102-2750 
 Facsimile No.: (314) 552-8149 
 Attention: R. Randall Wang 

If to the Trustee: 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 233 West Monroe Street, Suite 2900

 Chicago, IL 60606 
 Facsimile No.: (312) 726-2158 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Services

 The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for
subsequent notices or communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to
have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after
timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 
 Any notice or communication
to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication
will also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA §313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

 Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to a Holder of a Global Note, such notice shall be sufficiently given
if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its designee), pursuant to the applicable procedures of such Depositary, if any, prescribed for the giving of such notice. 
 If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 

If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA §312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.
The Company, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA §312(c). 
 Section 12.04
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 
 Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take
any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 

  
 96 

 (1) an Officer’s Certificate (which must include the statements set
forth in Section 12.05) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 

(2) an Opinion of Counsel (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05) stating that, in the
opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with; provided, however, that no such Opinion of Counsel shall be required to be delivered in connection with the authentication of Initial Notes that are
originally issued on the Issue Date. Such counsel may rely on representations, warranties and certificates of other Persons as to matters of fact, and may qualify the Opinion of Counsel with customary assumptions and exceptions. 

Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 
 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA §314(a)(4)) must comply with the
provisions of TIA §314(e) and must include: 
 (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or
opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, such Person has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such
covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 
 (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such
Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 
 Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules
and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
Stockholders. 
 No past, present or future director, officer, employee, agent, manager, partner, member, incorporator
shareholder or unitholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or
by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

Section 12.08 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. 
 THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO
THE 

  
 97 

 
EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
 EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE THEREOF, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT IT
MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. 

Section 12.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 
 This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be
used to interpret this Indenture. 
 Section 12.10 Successors. 
 All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this
Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.04. 
 Section 12.11 Severability. 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of
the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Section 12.12 Counterpart Originals. 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the
same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original
Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 
 Section 12.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 
 The Table of Contents and
Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

[Signatures on following page] 

  
 98 

 SIGNATURES 
 Dated as of February 3, 2012 
  

					
		  	POST HOLDINGS, INC.
			
		  	By:	 	 /s/ Robert V. Vitale

		  		 	 Name: Robert V. Vitale

Title:   Chief Financial Officer

		  		 	
		  	POST FOODS, LLC
			
		  	By:	 	 /s/ Robert V. Vitale

		  		 	 Name: Robert V. Vitale

Title:  Vice President

		  		 	
		  	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as Trustee

			
		  	By:	 	 /s/ Gregory S. Clarke

		  		 	 Name: Gregory S. Clarke

Title:   Vice President

 EXHIBIT A 
 [Face of Note] 
  

 
 CUSIP/CINS
                     

7.375% Senior Notes due 2022 
  

			
	No.                     	  	$                    

 POST HOLDINGS, INC. 
 promises to pay to            or registered assigns, 
 the principal sum of                     DOLLARS* on February 15, 2022. 

Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15 
 Record Dates: February 1 and August 1 

Dated:                        
                             

 

			
	POST HOLDINGS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 This is one of the Notes referred to 
 in the within-mentioned Indenture: 
  

			
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

  
  

 

  
 A-1

 [Back of Note] 
 7.375% Senior Notes due 2022 
 [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the
provisions of the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise
indicated. 
 (1) INTEREST. Post Holdings, Inc., a Missouri corporation
(the “Company”), promises to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7.375% per annum from             until maturity and shall pay
the Special Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company will pay interest and Special Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, or if
any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been
paid, from the date of issuance; provided that, if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment
Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be             . The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at a rate that is 1% higher than the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue
installments of interest and Special Interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 (2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Special Interest, if any, to the
Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the February 1 or August 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment
Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and
Registrar within the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Special Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided
that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of, premium on, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have
provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 

(3) PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR.
Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change the Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to the Holders of the Notes. The Company or any of
its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

  
 A-2

 (4) INDENTURE. The Company issued the
Notes under an Indenture dated as of February 3, 2012 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by
reference to the TIA. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and by acceptance hereof, in accordance with the Indenture, Holders agree to be bound by all of such terms as they may be amended from time to time. Holders are referred to the Indenture
and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the
Company. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder. 

(5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 
 (a) The Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to February 15, 2017. 
 (b) On or after February 15, 2017, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices
(expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on
February 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2017
	  	 	103.688	% 
	 2018
	  	 	102.458	% 
	 2019
	  	 	101.229	% 
		  	  
	  
	 
	 2020 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the
Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 (6)
MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
 (7) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER. 

(a) If there is a Change of Control, the Company will be required to make an offer (a “Change of Control
Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the “Change of Control
Payment”). Within ten days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 

(b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sales, within 25 days following any Net
Proceeds Trigger Date (subject to Section 4.10(e) of the Indenture), a Net Proceeds Offer shall be sent to the record Holder as shown on the register 

  
 A-3

 
of Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. Any Net Proceeds Offer shall comply with the procedures set forth in Sections 3.09 and 4.10 of the Indenture. Upon completion of any such Net Proceeds
Offer, the Net Proceeds Offer Amount shall be reset at zero. Holders of Notes that are the subject of a Net Proceeds Offer may, prior to any related Purchase Date, elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of
Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes. 
 (8) NOTICE OF
REDEMPTION. At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed
at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to
Articles 8 or 11 thereof. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in minimum amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding
amount of Notes held by such Holder shall be redeemed or purchased 
 (9) DENOMINATIONS,
TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be
exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law
or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange
or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 

(10) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a
Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered Holders have rights under the Indenture. 
 (11) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be amended or
supplemented in accordance with Article 9 of the Indenture. 
 (12) DEFAULTS AND
REMEDIES. The Notes are subject to the Events of Default and remedies set forth in Article 6 of the Indenture. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the
Indenture, and the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 

(13) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The
Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 

(14) NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No
past, present or future director, officer, employee, agent, manager, partner, member, incorporator, shareholder or unitholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors
under the Notes, the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based 

  
 A-4

 
on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
 (15) AUTHENTICATION. This Note
will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 (16)
ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 

(17) ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF
RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the
Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of February 3, 2012, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on
the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, among the Company, the
Guarantors and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company and the Guarantors to the purchasers of any Additional Notes (collectively, the “Registration Rights Agreement”). 

(18) CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on
Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers
either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
 (19) GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE
PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 

Post Holdings, Inc. 
 2503 S. Hanley Road

 St. Louis, MO 63144 
 Attention:
Corporate Secretary 

  
 A-5

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

			
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:	  	 
		  	(Insert assignee’s legal name)

  
  

 
  
  

 
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s
name, address and zip code) 

and irrevocably appoint                   
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                              
 to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
 Date:                                
      
  

			
	[Assignor]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Signature Guarantee*:
                             

 

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-6

 Option of Holder to Elect Purchase 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below: 

¬ Section 4.10
                            ¬ Section 4.14 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the
Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
  

			
	$	 	                            
                                         
                                         
       

Date:                        
     
  

	
	Your
Signature:                                       
                                         
       
	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
	
	Tax Identification
No.:                                        
                                 

 Signature Guarantee*:
                                 

 

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-7

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF
INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE * 
 The following
exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	 Amount of decrease in
 Principal Amount
 of

this Global Note
	  	 Amount of increase in
Principal Amount

of
 this Global Note
	  	 Principal Amount
 of this Global Note
 following such

decrease
 (or increase)
	  	 Signature of authorized
 signatory of Trustee or

Custodian

 

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  
 A-8

 EXHIBIT B 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
 Post Holdings, Inc. 

2503 S. Hanley Road 
 St. Louis, MO 63144

 Attention: Corporate Secretary 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 608
Second Avenue South, N9303-121 
 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Operations 
 Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com 

Re: [fill in full title of securities] 
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of February 3, 2012 (the “Indenture”), among Post Holdings, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party
thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
                     , (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or
interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $                    in such Note[s] or interests (the
“Transfer”), to                     (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with
the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 

1.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A
Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and,
accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own
account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction
meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the
Securities Act. 
 2.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a
beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly,
the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any
Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such
Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of
Regulation 

  
 B-1

 
S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being
made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with
the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive
Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 3.  ̈ Check and
complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in
compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 
 (a)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 
 or 
 (b)  ̈ such
Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; 
 or 

(c)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; 
 or 
 (d)  ̈ such
Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor, an Initial Purchaser or any corporate parent of the Company, and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144,
Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to
beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) if such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor, a
certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the
Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of
the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the
Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 4.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take
delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. 

  
 B-2

 (a)  ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to
Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on
Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (b)  ̈ Check if Transfer
is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon
consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed
on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (c)
 ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer
contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred
beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 

 

			
	 
	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated:
                             

  
 B-3

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

 

	 	1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

 [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

 

	 	(i)	 ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP             ), or

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP             ), or

  

	 	(iii)	 ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP             ); or

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note. 

 

	 	2.	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

 [CHECK ONE] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

 

	 	(i)	 ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP             ), or

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP             ), or

  

	 	(iii)	 ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP             ); or

  

	 	(iv)	 ̈ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP             ); or

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note; or 

 

	 	(c)	 ̈ an Unrestricted Definitive Note, 

 

	 	(c)	 ̈ a Global Note, as a registered holder 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 

  
 B-4

 EXHIBIT C 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
 Post Holdings, Inc. 

2503 S. Hanley Road 
 St. Louis, MO 63144

 Attention: Corporate Secretary 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 608
Second Avenue South, N9303-121 
 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Operations 
 Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com 

Re: [fill in full title of securities] 
 (CUSIP [            ]) 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of February 3, 2012 (the “Indenture”), among Post Holdings,
Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

            , (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange
the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $            in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the
Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 
 1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a
Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 
 (a)
 ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the
Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s
own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
“Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in
an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the
Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer,
(ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the
Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States. 

  
 C-1

 (c)  ̈ Check if Exchange is
from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby
certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and
pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the
beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (d)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s
Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been
effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement
Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive
Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes 
 (a)
 ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest
in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the
proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note
and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 (b)  ̈ Check if
Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]  ̈ 144A Global Note,  ̈ Regulation S Global Note,  ̈ IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner
hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global
Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 

 

	
	  
	[Insert Name of Transferor]

  
 C-2

  

			
		
	By:	 	 
		 	 Name:

Title:

 Dated:
                     

  
 C-3

 EXHIBIT D 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 
 ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 

Post Holdings, Inc. 
 2503 S. Hanley Road

 St. Louis, MO 63144 
 Attention:
Corporate Secretary 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 608 Second Avenue South, N9303-121 
 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479 

Attention: Corporate Trust Operations 
 Email:
DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com 
 Re: [fill in full title of securities] 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of February 3, 2012 (the “Indenture”), among Post Holdings,
Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

In connection with our proposed purchase of $            aggregate principal
amount of: 
 (a)  ̈ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or 

(b)  ̈ a Definitive Note, 

we confirm that: 
 1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by,
and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 

2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any
interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest
therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional
“accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such
transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes, at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act,
(D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice
advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. 

  
 D-1

 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein,
we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further
understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
 4. We are an institutional
“accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and
risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
 5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each
of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 
 You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are
irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 

 

			
	 
		 	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	 Name:

Title:

 Dated:
                     

  
 D-2

 EXHIBIT E 
 FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE 
 For value received, each Guarantor (which term
includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of February 3, 2012 (the
“Indenture”) among Post Holdings, Inc., (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of
the principal of, premium on, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of, premium on, if any, and
interest and Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in
case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated
maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Subsidiary Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and reference is
hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Subsidiary Guarantee. 
 Capitalized terms used but not defined herein
have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  

			
	[NAME OF GUARANTOR(S)]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	 Name:

Title:

  
 E-1

 EXHIBIT F 
 FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
            , among             (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Post Holdings, Inc. (or its
permitted successor), a Missouri corporation (the “Company”), the Company, the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to
below (the “Trustee”). 
 W I T N E S S E T H 

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of
February 3, 2012 providing for the issuance of 7.375% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the
Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s
Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Subsidiary Guarantee”); 
 WHEREAS, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture to provide its Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with Article 10 of the Indenture and
all things necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture a valid agreement of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, in accordance with the terms thereof, have been done; and 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is
hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of each other and the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 

1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to
them in the Indenture. 
 2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary
hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Subsidiary Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof. 

4. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer,
employee, agent, manager, partner, member, incorporator, shareholder or unitholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Subsidiary
Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for
issuance of the Notes. 
 5. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO
CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE 

  
 F-1

 
EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
 6. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The
exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the
original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 

7. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not
affect the construction hereof. 
 8. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any
manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or the Subsidiary Guarantee or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary
and the Company. All of the provisions contained in the Indenture in respect of the rights, privileges, immunities, powers, and duties of the Trustee shall be applicable in respect of this Supplemental Indenture as fully and with like force
and effect as though fully set forth in full herein. 

  
 F-2

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed and attested, all as of the date first above written. 
 Dated:
                    , 
  

			
	[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	 Name:

Title:

	
	POST HOLDINGS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 
		 	 Name:

Title:

	
	POST FOODS, LLC
		
	By:	 	 
		 	 Name:

Title:

	
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as Trustee

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 F-3

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00198-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00198-of-00352.parquet"}]]